D4B8040D5CD-Body Exterior PDF

Service
oRepair Manual
lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
Golf 2015 ➤
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
Golf Variant 2015 ➤

aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Body Exterior
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Edition 02.2016
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
Repair Group
50 - Body Front
55 - Hood, Lids AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
57 - Front Doors, CentralbLocking
yV
ol
System not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
58 - Rear Doors utho r eo
a ra
60 - Sunroof ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
63 - Bumpers
du
an
itte
y li
erm
64 - Glass, Window Regulators
ab
ility
ot p
66 - Exterior Equipment
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040D5CD

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
Contents
50 - Body Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Lock Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w. a.g.en. A. G. ..V.o.lk.sw. a.g.en. A. G
. .do.e. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.... 1
ks s
1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier . . . . . . . . . . .b.y V. o.l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . n. o.t .gu.a. . . . . . . . ..... 1
d r
1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing ris
e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.n.tee. . . . . . .... 2
tho o
1.3 Service Position, Implementingsand au Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a.c . . . .... 4
s
1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ce
le
un
pt
2 Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
an
d
itte
y li
2.1 Overview - Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
erm
ab
ility
2.2 ot p
Overview - Deformation Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
wit
is n
2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
h re
ole,
2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
3 Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
t to the co
3.1 Overview - Bulkhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
rrectne
3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ss
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
o
cial p
f inform
55 - Hood, Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
mer
atio
1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
om
n
c
1.1 Overview - Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
i
or
n thi
e
1.2 Overview - Release Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

t
sd
iva
o
r
1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
1.4 Hood, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

yi
t.
Co 28
op
1.5 Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
C py
ht. rig
1.6 Latch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
rig ht
py by
co Vo
1.7 Hood Release Lever, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.8 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.9 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.10 Hinges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.11 Insulation, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
1.14 Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2 Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.1 Overview - Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.4 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.5 Adjusting Buffer, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.6 Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.7 Actuator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.10 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.11 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3 Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.2 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.3 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Contents i
3.4 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

1 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.1 Overview - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
1.4 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
1.5 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
1.6 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.1 Overview - Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.8 Lock Cylinder Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
2.9 Cap without Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . w. a.g.en. A. G. ..V.o.lk.sw. a.g.en. A. G. d. o.e. . . . . . . . . . 124
ks s no
2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g. u.a.r . . . . 126
Vol t
d
2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing rise
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.nt.ee. . 129
tho o
2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing . .s a.u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r ac130
s
3 Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ce
le
un
pt
3.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
an
d
itte
y li
3.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 and Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 , Removing
erm
ab
ility
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
ot p
wit
3.3 Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module J1016 and Front Passenger Side
is n
h re
Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module J1017 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 137
ole,
3.4 Key Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 spec

t to the co
3.5 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
rrectne
58 - Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

1 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
ss o
1.1 Overview - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

cial p
f in
1.2 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

form
mer
1.3 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

atio
m
1.4 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

o
n
c
i
or
1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

thi
te
sd
a
1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

iv
o
pr
cum
r
1.7 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
2 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Co
Cop py
.
2.1 Overview - Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prote
162
AG.
2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ii Contents
2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

2.7 Window Crank, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
2.8 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.10 Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
AG. Volkswagen
3 Special Tools . . . l.ks.w.a.ge. n. . . . . . . . . . . A. G
. .do. e.s.n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
o ot g
yV ua
db
60 - Sunroof . . . . h.ori.s . . . . .............. . . . . . . .a.nte.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
e r
t or
1 Sunroof au
ss . . . . . . . . ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . .ac. . .
....................... 193
1.1 Characteristics - Sliding Sunroof, Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.2 Overview - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
itte
y li
erm
1.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
ab
ility
ot p
1.4 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
wit
, is n
1.5 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
h re
hole
1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
spec
es, in part or in w
1.7 Rear Sunroof Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
t to the co
1.8 Glass Panel, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
1.9 Rear Glass Panel, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
rrectness of i
1.10 Height Adjustment, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
1.11 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
l purpos
1.12 Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
nform
ercia
1.14 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
m
at
1.15 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

om
ion
1.16 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

c
in t
or
his
1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

ate
do
riv
1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

p
cum
or
1.19 Operating without Electricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
2 Water Drain Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
C py
ht. rig
2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
rig ht
py by
co Vo
2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1 Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
1.2 Overview - Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1.3 Overview - Impact Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4 Overview - Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.6 Bumper Cover, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
1.7 Parking Aid Bracket, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
1.8 Parallel Parking Assist Bracket, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
2 Rear Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
2.2 Overview - Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2.3 Overview - Impact Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Contents iii
2.4 Overview - Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

2.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .wa. g.e.n.A.G.. V. o.lk.s.w.ag. e.n.A.G.d.oe. s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
lks n
2.8 Parking Aid Bracket, Installing . . . . . . . b.y .Vo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ot. g.ua. . . . . . . . . . . . 345
ed ra
2.9 Parallel Parking Assist Bracket, Installing ho
ris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .n.te.e . . . . . . . . 349
u t or
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ss.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a.c. . . . . . 354
ce
e
nl
pt
64 - Glass, Window Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
du
an
itte
y li
1 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1.1 Minimum Curing Times for Bonded Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
wit
, is n
1.2 Window Glass, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
h re
hole
1.3 Installation Instructions for Bonded Window Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
spec
es, in part or in w
1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
t to the co
1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
rrectness of i
1.7 Adhesive, Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
2 Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
l purpos
2.1 Overview - Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
nform
ercia
3 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

m
at
om
3.1 Overview - Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
ion
c
in t
3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
or
his
ate
4 Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
do
priv
c
4.1 Overview - Front Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
um
for
en
ng
4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

t.
yi Co
op py
4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
. C rig
ht ht
rig
4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5 Door Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
380
5.1 Overview - Front Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
5.6 Fixed Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

1 Radiator Grille/Front Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
1.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
2 Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
2.1 Overview - Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
2.2 Spoiler, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
2.3 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3 Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
3.1 Overview - Drip Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
3.2 Overview - Side Sill Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
3.3 Overview - Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
3.5 Side Sill Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
3.8 Rear Door C-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
iv Contents
3.9 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

3.10 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
3.11 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
4 Noise Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
5 Underbody Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing agen
AG.and Installingdoe.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volkswagen AG
429
lksw n
5.5 Front Tunnel Brace, Removing
y Vo and Installing . . . . . o.t g. u.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
edb ra
5.6 Rear Tunnel Brace,ho
ris Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . n.te.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
t or
6 Roof Bars/Roof au
ss Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
a
6.1 Overview - Roof Railing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
ce
le
un
pt
an
6.2 Roof Railing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
7 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
ility
ot p
7.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
wit
is n
7.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
h re
ole,
spec
7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
7.4 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
t to the co
7.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
7.6 Mirror Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
rrectne
8 Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
8.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
ss
8.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
o
cial p
f i
8.3 Overview - Sill Panel Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
nform
mer
8.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

atio
m
8.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

o
n
c
i
or
9 Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

thi
te
sd
a
9.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badge and Emblem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

iv
o
pr
cum
9.2 Dimensions - Fender Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

r
fo
en
ng
9.3 Front Emblems, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

t.
yi Co
op py
9.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
. C rig
ht ht
rig
9.5 Name Badges, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
10 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
459
10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
10.2 Overview - Release Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
11 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
12 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Contents v
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
vi Contents
50 – Body Front
1 Lock Carrier
(Edition 02.2016)
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing”, page 2
⇒ “1.3 Service Position, Implementing and Resetting”,
page 4
⇒ “1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing”, page 7
1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier
1 - Support
❑ Right
2 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Quantity: 1 on each side d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
3 - Bolt ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ 8 Nm ss c
ce
le
un
❑ Quantity: 2 on each side
pt
an
d
itte
y li
4 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐
rm
ab
pe
ments
ility
ot
wit
❑ Removing and instal‐
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Re‐
es, in part or in w
moving and Installing”,
t to the co
page 2 .
❑ Service position, imple‐
menting and resetting. rrectness of i
Refer to
l purpos
⇒ “1.3 Service Position,

Implementing and Re‐
setting”, page 4 .
nform
ercia
5 - Support
m
a
com
ti
❑ Left
on in
r
te o
thi
6 - Air Duct
s
iva
do
❑ Left
r
rp
cum
fo
❑ There are different ver‐

en
ng
t.
yi
sions. Refer to the Parts
Co
Cop py
Catalog for the alloca‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
tion. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
7 - Lock Carrier Support Prote AG.
8 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Tightening specification -item 13- ⇒ Item 13 (page 25) .
9 - Center Guide
10 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 3
1. Lock Carrier 1
11 - Bolt
12 - Impact Member
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Overview - Impact Member”, page 316 .
13 - Bolt
14 - Foam Piece
15 - Air Duct
❑ Right
❑ There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog for the allocation.
1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing

Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Guide Pins - T10093- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
♦ Torque Wrench 1332 40-200Nm - VAG1332- hor eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The lock carrier is a safety-related component. For this reason the lock carrier may only be serviced in the
ility
ot p
specified positions.
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Replace the lock carrier if it is damaged.
hole
spec
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- , the Distance Regulation Control Module
es, in part or in w
t to the co
- J428- must be re-aligned during every removal and installation or replacement of the lock carrier.
♦ Notes and work procedures for the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Adaptive Cruise Control .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
– Only perform the service position using the Guide Pins -
rrectness of i
T10093- . Refer to
l purpos
⇒ “1.3 Service Position, Implementing and Resetting”,

page 4 .
nform
ercia
– Disconnect the connector to the lock carrier -1-.

m
– Together with a second technician, remove the Guide Pins -

a
com
tio
T10093- on the left and right longitudinal member. Support the

n in
r
lock carrier with the attachments -1-. For example on the Scis‐
te o
thi
sor Lift Table - VAS6131B- .

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Remove the bumper carrier and the left and right support. Re‐
fo
en
g
fer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1 .

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Loosen the radiator from the lock carrier -arrow A-, but do not
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
remove. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 19 ; Radiator/Coolant Fan .
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Lift the condenser -3- off of the radiator module -2- -arrow B-
AG.
and pivot it slightly out of the lock carrier -arrow C-, but do not
remove.
– Remove the lock carrier -1- between the radiator and con‐
denser upward -D arrows-.
1. Lock Carrier 3
Note
♦ Never hang the condenser and the hydraulic fluid cooler on the lines.
♦ The lines for the condenser and hydraulics must not be kinked.
Installing
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Install in reverse order of removal. Note
y V the following:
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
oris tee
th or
Note au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Always install the lock carrier onto the attaching points at the
an
d
itte
y li
frontmost positions of the oblong holes. Only then can the lock
rm
ab
carrier slide in the event of a crash.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ For vehicles with the Distance Regulation Control Module -
h re
J428- , the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- must
hole
spec
be re-aligned when loosening, removing and installing or re‐
es, in part or in w
placing the lock carrier.
t to the co
♦ Notes and work procedures for the Distance Regulation Con‐
trol Module - J428- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
rrectness of i
Gr. 27 ; Adaptive Cruise Control .
l purpos
Tightening Specifications
nform
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1
mercia
1.3 Service Position, Implementing and Re‐

a
com
tion in
setting
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Guide Pins - T10093-

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Adapters For Service Position - T10467-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Moving into Service Position
Note
♦ The lock carrier is a safety-related component. For this reason the lock carrier may not be serviced.
♦ Replace the lock carrier if it is damaged.
- J428- must be re-aligned during every removal and installation or replacement of the lock carrier.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Remove the noise insulation.
ss Refer to c
ce
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation”, page 422 .

le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to

y li
rm
ab
⇒ “1.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 317 .

pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;

, is n
h re
Rep. Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Removing and Installing .

hole
spec
– Remove the release cable from the trunk lid actuation bracket.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”,
page 45 .
rrectness of i
– Disengage the washer fluid reservoir filler tube from the sup‐
port -2-. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ;
l purpos
Windshield Washer System; Washer Fluid Reservoir, Remov‐

ing and Installing .
nform
ercia
– Remove only one bolt -3- from the left and right longitudinal
m
members.
com
tion in
– Instead of the bolts, install the Guide Pins - T10093- into the
r
te o
thi
holes in the left and right longitudinal member.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Remove the remaining bolts -3- from the left and right longi‐
fo
en
g
tudinal members.
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– The lock carrier with the attachments -1- can be pulled forward ht. rig
rig ht
approximately 10 cm on the Guide Pins - T10093- . Be careful
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5
Prote AG.
1. Lock Carrier
of the wires on the lock carrier. Disconnect the connectors if

necessary.
– Install the Adapters For Service Position - T10467- (quantity:
2 on each side) on the left and right side between the bumper
carrier and the longitudinal member.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Position, Resetting

– Remove the Adapters For Service Position - T10467- on the
left and right side between the bumper carrier and longitudinal
member.
– Push the lock carrier with the attachments -1- onto the Guide
Pins - T10093- on the longitudinal members.
– Insert the left and right bolts -3-.
– Remove the left and right Guide Pins - T10093- .
– Align the lock carrier with the attachments -1- on the longitu‐
dinal members and between the fenders. Refer to ⇒ Body
Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Front Body .

Note
♦ Always install the lock carrier onto the attaching points at the frontmost positions of the oblong holes. Only
then can the lock carrier slide in the event of a crash.
- J428- must be re-aligned when loosening, removing and installing or replacing the lock carrier.
Continue to install in the reverse of removal. Note the following:
Note
♦ Make sure that the charge air cooler pressure hoses are re-installed correctly.
♦ The hoses and lines must not be pinched.
– Adjust the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.

Gr. 94 ; Headlamp; Headlamp, Adjusting .
1.4 Lock Carrier, Servicing

⇒ “1.4.1 Left Headlamp Mount”, page 7
⇒ “1.4.2 Right Headlamp Mount”, page 9 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
1.4.1 Left Headlamp Mount y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
Note ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
The line -2- shows a possible crack.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lock Carrier 7
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit

, is n
h re
hole
– Cut or saw the headlamp mount -4- evenly off the lock carrier
spec
-1-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Position the rivet -5-.

– Position the new bracket -6- with the spring nut -7-.
rrectness of i
– Tighten the bolt -8-.

l purpos
nform
ercia
Component Tightening Specification

m
Lock carrier bracket 5 Nm

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4.2 Right Headlamp Mount
Note
The line -3- shows a possible crack.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Cut or saw the headlamp mount -2- evenly off the lock carrier
ht. rig
rig ht
by
-1-. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Install the new bracket -4- with the spring nut -6-.
AG.
– Install the pop rivets -5-.
1. Lock Carrier 9
2 Fender
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Fender”, page 10
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Deformation Element”, page 11
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing”, page 11
⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 14
2.1 Overview - Fender
Note
The illustration shows the left side. The right side is identical.
1 - Fender
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
11 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2, A-pillar
3 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2, side sill
4 - Brace Insulation
❑ Inserted between the
fender and A-pillar. swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
k not
Vol gu
5 - Fender Insulationed by ara
nte
ris
❑ Inserted between
utho the eo
ra
fender sand
s a the upper c
wheel housing longitudi‐
ce
le
un
pt
nal member.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
6 - Hex Nut
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Quantity: 2
wit
is n
h re
❑ Tightening specification
ole,
-item 3-
spec
⇒ Item 3 (page 317) .

t to the co
7 - Guide
❑ Removing:
rrectne
– Remove the front bump‐

er cover. Refer to
ss
⇒ “1.5 Bumper Cover,

o
cial p
Removing and Instal‐

inform
ling”, page 317 .

mer
atio
m
– Remove the hex nut -6-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
8 - Double Bolt
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
❑ 6 Nm
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Fender brace, quantity 2
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9 - Fender Brace
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 14 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Fender connecting piece, quantity 3
11 - Deformation Element
❑ Front and rear. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Deformation Element”, page 11 .
2.2 Overview - Deformation Element
1 - Front Deformation Element

2 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Rear Deformation Element
4 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing

♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
2. Fender 11
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left fender. Removing and installing the right fender
is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the front wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”,
page 447 .
– Remove the left plenum chamber cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 19 .
– Remove the drip rail. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing”, page 409 .
– Remove the hex nut -4- and then remove the guide -5-.

– Remove the fender noise insulation -item 5-

⇒ Item 5 (page 10) .
– Remove the brace insulation -item 4- ⇒ Item 4 (page 10) .
– Remove the double bolts -6-.
– Remove the bolts -2 and 3-.
– Carefully remove the fender -1-.
Note
The Zinc Spacer - AKL 381 035 50- -7- (if present) will be damaged during the removal.
Note
Install the fender -1- so that it is free of tension.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
2. Fender 13
– With the fender brace loosened, align the fender free of ten‐
sion. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 14 .
– Always insert the Zinc Spacer - AKL 381 035 50- -7- between
the fender and side sills.
– Note the parallel alignment and gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Front
Body .
2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left fender brace. Removing and installing the right
fender brace is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove the guide for the front bumper cover -item 7-
– Remove the double bolts -item 8- ⇒ Item 8 (page 10) .
– Remove the bolts -2- and remove the fender brace -1-.
Installing
– Adapt the fender brace and the fender to the hood and bump‐
G. Volkswagen AG d
er. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. gen;ABody
wa00 Gap Dimen‐ oes
lks not
sions; Front Body . d byV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
Tightening Specifications utho or
a ac
ss
Component Tightening Specifica‐
ce
le
un
pt
tions
an
d
itte
y li
Fender brace to the body 6 Nm
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Fender 15
3 Bulkhead
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Bulkhead”, page 16
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 17
⇒ “3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and Installing”, page 17
page 19
3.1 Overview - Bulkhead
1 - Bulkhead
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Bulkhead, Re‐
page 17 .
2 - Hex Nut
❑ 8 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Quantity: 2 agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
3 - Bulkhead Seal orise nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Overview - Plenum Chamber Cover
1 - Plenum Chamber Cover

❑ Right side
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 19 .
❑ Left side
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber
Cover, Removing and
3 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Seal
5 - Binding Profile
❑ Windshield component
6 - Windshield
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.3 Bulkhead, Removing and Installing

rrectness of i

l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Bulkhead 17
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to

wit
, is n

h re
page 19 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the hex nuts -2- and the bulkhead -1-.

t to the co
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤eo
u ra
ss a Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing and installing the plenum chamber cover may differ slightly depending on the model.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Wiper System; Windshield Wiper
Arms, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the seal -4- from the entire length of the plenum
chamber covers -1 and 2-.
Caution
The windshield -6- could break. The plenum chamber cover

must not be pried off using a levering tool (screwdriver, wedge).
The windshield will be damaged and could crack later.
3. Bulkhead 19
– Unclip the clips -3- (quantity: 3).

– Starting in the center, first remove the plenum chamber cover
-2- upward out of the binding profile -5-.
– Pull the plenum chamber cover -2- forward out of the fender
and remove it.
– Then starting in the center remove the plenum chamber cover
-1- upward out of the binding profile -5-.
– Pull the plenum chamber cover -1- forward out of the fender
and remove it.
Installing
Caution
The windshield -6- could break.

Striking the plenum chamber cover to install it in the windshield
retainer can cause the windshield to crack.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ New windshields have an insert in the retainer. Remove this insert before installing the plenum chamber
cover.
♦ Press the plenum chamber cover into the retainer gently
agen
by
AG. Volkshand.
wagen ADo
G d not strike it or press on it with a tool
under any circumstances. Vol
ksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
– Spray the retainer -5- with soapy water
tho so that the plenum eo
au ra
chamber covers -1 and 2- can besspressed in more easily. c
ce
e
nl
– First push the plenum chamber cover -1- into the fender.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Place the plenum chamber cover -1- on the binding profile
erm
ab
-5-. Starting at the outside, gently push it into the binding profile
ility
ot p
-5-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Then insert the plenum chamber cover -2- into the fender.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Place the plenum chamber cover -2- on the binding profile
t to the co
-5-. Starting at the outside, gently push it into the binding profile
-5-.
rrectness of i
– Install the clips -3- (quantity: 3).
l purpos
– Attach the seal -4- to the plenum chamber covers -1 and 2-.
– Install the wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
nform
ercia
Gr. 92 ; Windshield Wiper System; Windshield Wiper Arms,

Removing and Installing .
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Bulkhead 21
4 Special Tools
♦ Guide Pins - T10093-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Adapters For Service Position - T10467-
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Special Tools 23
55 – Hood, Lids
1 Hood AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, paged b24 yV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Release ut Cable”, page 26
ho eo
ra
s a c
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 26 s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”, page 28
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.5 Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 31
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.6 Latch, Adjusting”, page 33
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.7 Hood Release Lever, Removing and Installing”,
spec
page 35
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.8 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 36
⇒ “1.9 Catch, Adjusting”, page 38
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.10 Hinges, Removing and Installing”, page 39
l purpos
⇒ “1.11 Insulation, Removing and Installing”, page 41
nf
ercia
⇒ “1.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 44
orm
m
⇒ “1.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting”, page 45
atio
om
n in
c
⇒ “1.14 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 45

or
thi
te
sd
a
1.1 Overview - Hood

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
24 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids

1 - Hood
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d
and Installing”,lkswagen oes
not
page 26 .d by Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ Adjusting.
thoris Refer to eo
⇒ “1.4a Hood, Adjusting”,
u ra
c
ss
page 28 .
ce
le
un
pt
2 - Adjusting Buffer
an
d
itte
y li
rm
❑ Quantity: 2
ab
pe
ility
ot
3 - Insulation
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.11 Insulation, Re‐
t to the co
page 41 .
rrectness of i
4 - Center Seal
l purpos
5 - Catch
ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.8 Catch, Removing

m
and Installing”,
a
com
tio
page 36 . n in
r
te o
thi
6 - Bolt
s
iva
do
r
❑ 12 Nm
rp
cum
fo
en
g
❑ Quantity: 2
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
7 - Side Seal
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Right and left cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8 - Hinge
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Hinges, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 39 .
9 - Nut
❑ 22 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
11 - Protective Film
❑ For the adjusting buffer
12 - Latch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 31 .
13 - Bolt
❑ 12 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
1. Hood 25
1.2 Overview - Release Cable
1 - Release Lever
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Hood Release
Lever, Removing and
2 - Bolt wage
es n
olks ot g
❑ 1.5 Nm d byV ua
ran
ir se
❑ Quantity: 2tho tee
o
au ra
c
3 - Bracket ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
4 - Expanding Nut
an
itte
y li
❑ Quantity: 2
erm
ab
ility
ot p
5 - Release Cable
wit
, is n
h re
❑ From the bracket -3- to
hole
the coupling -7-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
6 - Grommet
7 - Coupling
rrectness of i
8 - Release Cable
l purpos
❑ From the coupling -7- to

the lid latch -9-
nf
ercia
9 - Latch
orm

m
atio
m
ling. Refer to
o
n in
c
⇒ “1.5 Latch, Removing

or
thi
e
and Installing”,
t
sd
iva
page 31 .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
10 - Bolt
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Quantity: 2 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Tightening specification p by
co Vo
-item 13-
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ Item 13 (page 25) .
AG.
1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
– Remove the spray nozzles -4-. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

ment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Windshield Washer System; Spray Noz‐
zles, Removing and Installing .
nform
ercia
– Remove the line -5- from the hood opening -1-.

m
at
om
ion
– If equipped, remove the caps -3-.

c
in t
or
his
te
– Loosen the left and right hex nuts -2- from the hinge -6- (do
a
do
riv
not remove the nuts).

p
cum
for
en
ng
A second technician is required for the rest of the removal pro‐

t.
yi Co
op
cedure. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the gas-filled strut. Refer to cop Vo
by lksw
⇒ “1.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, cted agen
Prote AG.
page 44 .
– Remove the hex nuts -2- and lift the hood -1- out of the hinges
-6-.
1. Hood 27
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Installing ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Install the hood -1- in reverse order of removal.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Note
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Route the line -5- in a curve. If the line is installed twisted, it will kink.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Adjust the hood -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.4 Hood, Adjusting”, page 28 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.4 Hood, Adjusting

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ The vehicle must be on all four wheels when adjusting the hood.
♦ The left and right adjusting buffers -2- are not meant for adjusting. They stabilize and cushion the hood.
♦ The hood is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when it is closed. The hood may
not be positioned too far inward or outward. The contours must also align.
♦ The hood must engage into the latch without using much force.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
– Remove the catch -1-. Refer to

atio
m
⇒ “1.8 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 36 .

o
n in
or c
thi
– The height of the front of the hood can be adjusted in relation

te
sd
iva
to the fenders using the lid lock -4-. Refer to

o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “1.6 Latch, Adjusting”, page 33 .

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– After adjusting the hood the catch -1- can be reinstalled and
Co
Cop py
adjusted. Refer to ⇒ page 38 . ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 29
Hinges, Adjusting
Note
The nuts -2- and bolts -5- are not removed, just loosened.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If equipped, remove the caps -3 or 4-.

– By loosening the hex nuts -5- on the left and right lid hinges
-1-, the hood can be adjusted from side to side in direction of
-b arrow- and lengthwise in direction of -a arrows- between the
fenders.
– By loosening the bolts -2- on the left and right lid hinges -1-,
the hood can be adjusted in height in direction of -c arrow- and
lengthwise in direction of -a arrows- between the fenders.
– Make sure the gap dimensions are even. Refer to ⇒ Body Re‐
pair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Front Body
– After adjusting, perform corrosion protection measures on the
lid hinges -1-, the hex nuts -5- and the bolts -2-.

– If necessary, adjust the adjusting buffers.

Adjusting Buffer, Adjusting
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Turn the adjusting buffer -1- in direction of -arrows- to adjust.

nform
ercia
– Install and adjust the catch after adjusting the hood -2-. Refer
m
to ⇒ page 38 .
a
com
tion in
1.5 Latch, Removing and Installing

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 31
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
Removing utho
or
a ac
ss
– Open the hood.
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the release cable from the coupling. Refer to

an
d
itte
y li

erm
ab
page 45 .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Disconnect the connector for the hood contact switch.

h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
The connector is secured next to the right headlamp.

rrectne
– Remove the bolts -3- from the lock carrier and remove the latch
s
-1- upward in direction of -arrow a-.

s o
cial p
f i
– Unclip the bracket -5- from the latch.

nform
mer
– Slightly remove the bracket -5- from the latch -1- in direction
atio
m
of -arrow b- and disengage the release cable -4- in direction

o
n
c
of -arrow c-.
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the microswitch -6- from the latch.

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
32
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Engage the release cable -4- in direction of -arrow a- and

y li
rm
ab
bracket -5- in the latch -1- in direction of -arrow b-.

pe
ility
ot
– Install the microswitch -6- in the latch.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Guide the latch -1- into the lock carrier in direction of

spec
-arrow c-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the bolts -3-.

– Connect the connector for the hood contact switch -6-.
rrectness of i
– Connect the release cable to the coupling. Refer to

l purpos

page 45 .
nform
ercia
– Adjust the latch. Refer to

⇒ “1.6 Latch, Adjusting”, page 33 .
m
a
com
tio
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release lever and
n in
r
te o
the release cable are working correctly.

thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
1.6 Latch, Adjusting

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 33
♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-

Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
b
Use new bolts to adjust the latch.
rise
d ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If the bolts -2- are loosened, the latch -1- can be adjusted lat‐
erally to the hood in direction of -arrow a- and in height in
direction of -b arrow-. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ;
Body Gap Dimensions; Front Body .

1.7 Hood Release Lever, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Pull the release lever -1- and release the hood.

l purpos
– Insert a small screwdriver into the gap between the release

lever -1- and the clip -2-.
nform
ercia
– Pry the clip -2- out of the hood release lever -1- in direction of
-arrow a- and then remove the hood release lever from the
m
at
bracket -4- in direction of -arrow b-.

om
ion
c
in t
r
It is necessary to remove the A-pillar lower trim -3- to continue

o
his
te
working on the bracket -4-. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.

a
do
riv
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel, Remov‐

p
cum
or
ing and Installing .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 35
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Slide the clip -2- into the release lever -1-.
– Push the release lever -1- onto the bracket -4-.
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release lever and
the release cable are working correctly.
1.8 Catch, Removing and Installing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Open the hood -2-.
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Remove the catch -1- from the hood -2-.
1. Hood 37
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Installing
ab
pe
ility
ot
Install the catch -1- in reverse order of removal.

wit
, is n
h re
– Adjust the catch. Refer to

hole
spec
⇒ “1.9 Catch, Adjusting”, page 38 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.9 Catch, Adjusting

rrectness of i

l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
– Loosen the bolts -2-. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Adjust the hood catch -1- on the hood -2- sideways inside the
an
d
itte
oblong hole in direction of -arrows-.

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
1.10 Hinges, Removing and Installing

hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
The following describes the removal and installation of the right

hinge. Removing and installing the left hinge is identical.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
39
AG.
1. Hood
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ aut ra
c
s
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the hood -2-. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 26 .
– If equipped, remove the caps -4-.
– Remove the hinge -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Installing uthor eo
ra
s a c
Install the hinge -1- in reverse order of removal. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Install the hood -2-. Refer to

an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 26 .

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
1.11 Insulation, Removing and Installing

ole,
spec

t to the co
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-

rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
41
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 1. Hood
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Pry the clips -2- out of the hood -3- using the Pry Lever -
ot
wit
, is n
80-200- .
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the insulation -1- from the oblong holes in direction

es, in part or in w
of -arrows-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Installing
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Slide the insulation -1- with the mounting tabs -arrows- into the
Co
op py
oblong holes. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Lock all of the clips -2- into the hood -3-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Hood 43
1.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
Removing
inform
mer
– Open and support the hood.

atio
om
n
c
i
or
WARNING
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Proceed carefully when reusing a gas-filled strut. Do not pry

p
cum
r
fo
the spring clip completely out of the ball socket or the spring
en
ng
t.
yi
clip will be damaged. The gas-filled strut will spring out of the
Co
op py
mount, resulting in damage or injury to the technician.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Reach under the spring clip -4- with a small screwdriver -3-.
– Lift the spring clip -4- just far enough so that the spring clip can
be moved over the ball socket in direction of -arrow a-.
– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud -2- in direction
of -arrow b-.
After removing the gas-filled strut -1- immediately slide the spring
clip -4- back again.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
tho Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant
tee
or 2015 ➤
u
ss
a
Body Exterior - Edition ac
02.2016
ce
le
un
pt
– The gas-filled strut must be vented when disposing of it. Refer
an
d
itte
y li
to ⇒ “1.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting”, page 45 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re
– Push the gas-filled strut -1- onto the ball stud -2-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
Ball stud to the hood or body 20 Nm
rrectne
1.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting
ss o
– Clamp the area -x- of the gas strut in the vise, area x = 50 mm.
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
WARNING
om
n
c
i
or
n
Wear protective eyewear when sawing.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Cover the area of the saw cut with a cleaning cloth.

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Dispose of the oil and cleaning cloths properly.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Cut open the gas-filled strut cylinder within the first third of the
c by lksw
cted agen
total cylinder length using the piston rod side of the cylinder as
Prote AG.
a reference point.
1.14 Release Cable, Removing and Installing
1. Hood 45
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Open the hood.

h re
hole
spec
– Remove the release lever. Refer to

es, in part or in w

t to the co
page 35 .
– Remove the release cable -6- from the bracket -5- in direction
rrectness of i
of -arrow a-.
– Remove the release cable coupling -2- from the support -7- in
l purpos
direction of -arrow f-.

nform
– Slightly pull out the release cable -1- in direction of -arrow b-.
mercia
– Open the cap of the release cable coupling in direction of

at
om
io
-arrow c-.
n
c
in t
or
his
– Release the release cable -1- in direction of -arrow d- and re‐

ate
do
riv
move from the release cable coupling -2- in direction of

p
cum
-arrow e-.
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Note rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
To remove and install the release cable -3-, the support -7- is removed. Refer to
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 1 .

Installing
Note
♦ When the release cable -3- is not removed from the bracket, the release cable -1- disengages further when
installing it in the release cable coupling -2-.
♦ The hood then cannot be opened.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the release cable -1- in the release cable coupling

-2- in direction of -arrow b-.
– Pull the release cable slightly off the release cable coupling in
direction of -arrow c-.
– Close the release cable coupling in direction of -arrow d-.
– Push the release cable -1- in the release cable coupling in
direction of -arrow e-.
– Secure the release cable coupling -2- on the support -7- in
direction of -arrow f-.
– Install the release cable -6- in the bracket -5- in direction of
-arrow a-.
1. Hood 47
– Install the release lever. Refer to

page 35 .
– Before closing the hood, make sure the hood release lever and n AG. Volkswagen AG do
the release cable are working correctly. lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Rear Lid
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 49
⇒ “2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 50
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 55
⇒ “2.4 Adjusting Buffer, Removing
gen AG and Installing”,
. Volkswagen AG
d
page 56
wa oes
olks not
⇒ “2.5 Adjusting Buffer,
db
y V Adjusting”, page 57 gu
ara
e nte
ris
⇒ “2.6 Latch, uRemoving
tho and Installing”, page 58 eo
ra
a c
ss
⇒ “2.7 Actuator, Removing and Installing”, page 60
ce
le
un
pt
an
⇒ “2.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing”, page 64
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “2.11 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 68
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 70
t to the co
⇒ “2.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting”, page 72
rrectness of i
2.1 Overview - Rear Lid
l purpos
1 - Rear Lid
nform
ercia

m
ling. Refer to
a
com
ti
⇒ “2.2 Rear Lid, Remov‐

on in

r
te o
thi
50 .
s
iva
do
r
rp
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
um
fo
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjust‐

en
ng
t.
yi
ing”, page 55 .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
2 - Latch
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Removing and instal‐ Prote
cted AG.
agen
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Latch, Removing
and Installing”,
page 58 .
3 - Bolts
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Hinge
❑ Left and right
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Hinges, Remov‐
64 .
5 - Adjusting Buffer
❑ Left and right
⇒ “2.5 Adjusting Buffer,
Adjusting”, page 57 .
6 - Ball Stud
❑ 20 Nm + 45°
2. Rear Lid 49
7 - Gas-Filled Strut
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .
❑ Venting. Refer to ⇒ “2.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting”, page 72 .
8 - Ball Stud
❑ 20 Nm + 45°
9 - Hex Nut
❑ 20 Nm + 45°
❑ Quantity: 1 per hinge
10 - Bolts
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2 per hinge
11 - Rear Lid Seal
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.11 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 68 .
12 - Hex Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
13 - Catch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.9 Catch,
gen AG
.Removing
Volkswagen Aand
G doInstalling”, page 66 .
swa es n
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.10 Catch, Adjusting”,
yV
olk page 67 . ot g
u b ara
ed nte
14 - Bolts thoris e or
au
❑ 5 Nm ss
ac
ce
le
❑ Quantity: 3
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
15 - Actuator
rm
ab
pe
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Actuator, Removing and Installing”, page 60 . ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing

es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.2.1 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 50

⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 53
rrectness of i
2.2.1 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing, Se‐

l purpos
dan
nform
ercia

m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Removing
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the rear lid upper trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
wit
, is n
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid

h re
hole
Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the rear lid lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
t to the co

Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
rrectness of i
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical

Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp; High-
l purpos
Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing .

– Disconnect the connectors from any electrical components.
nf
ercia
orm
– Guide the wires with the rubber grommet -2- out of the rear lid.
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
The connectors -4- for the wires -2- are located on the C-pillars.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Loosen, but do not remove, the bolts -5- on the left and right
t
gh ht
yri by
hinges. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
cedure.
2. Rear Lid 51
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Remove the gas-filled struts -3-. Refer to byV gu
ara
ed
⇒ “2.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”,
horis nte
eo
page 70 . s aut ra
c
s
– Now remove the bolts -5- and the rear lid -1-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Install the rear lid -1- with a second technician.
– Install the gas-filled struts -3-. Refer to
page 70 .
– Guide the wires -2- into the rear lid and install the rubber
grommet.
– Connect the connectors of any electrical components.
Installation is performed in reverse order of the removal.
– Perform a function test on the unlocking components before
closing the rear lid.
– Adjust the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 55 .

2.2.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing,

Wagon
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
Removing
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the rear lid upper trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.

– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp; High-
Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connectors -2- from the equipped electrical
components.
– Guide the wires with the rubber grommet -5- out of the rear lid.
2. Rear Lid 53
lkswage es n
o ot g
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ byV ua
d ran
ir se
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 tho tee
or
au ac
ss
– Loosen the bolts -4- on the left and right hinges, but do not
ce
le
un
pt
remove them.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
cedure.
ot p
wit
is n
– Remove the gas-filled struts -3-. Refer to
h re
ole,
spec
page 70 .
t to the co
– Now remove the bolts -4- and the rear lid -1-.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Install the rear lid -1- with a second technician.
– Install the gas-filled struts -3-. Refer to
page 70 .
– Guide the wires -2- into the rear lid and install the rubber
grommet.
– Connect the connectors of any electrical components.

– Perform a function test on the unlocking components before

closing the rear lid.
– Adjust the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 55 .
2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting

Note
♦ The vehicle must be on all four wheels when adjusting the rear lid.
♦ The latch -2- is bolted directly to the rear lid -1-. The latch cannot be adjusted.
♦ The left and right adjusting buffers -4- are not meant for adjusting. They stabilize and cushion the rear lid.
♦ The rear lid is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too far
inward or outward. And the contours align.
♦ The rear lid must engage in the striker without great force.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 55
To adjust or check the gap dimensions, use the Gauge - Gap

Adjustment - 3371- . Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body
Gap Dimensions; Rear Body .
– Loosen the catch -5- and adjust at the hinge and the adjusting
buffer after adjustment work. Refer to ⇒ page 67 .
– By loosening the left and right bolts -3-, the rear lid -1- can be
adjusted in the oversized holes on the hinge -a arrows- and
-b arrows-.
– After adjusting, perform corrosion protection measures on the
hinge and bolts -3-.
– Adjust the adjusting buffer. Refer to ⇒ page 57 .
2.4 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Turn the entire buffer -1- 90° in direction of -arrow a- to remove
the adjusting buffer.
– Remove the buffer from the rear lid -2-.

Installing
– Check the stop -3- for proper seating in the side panel -4-.
– To install, insert the entire buffer -1- at a right angle into the
rear lid -2- in direction of -arrow c-.
– Turn the buffer -1- 90° in direction of -arrow b-.
– Adjust adjusting buffer -1-. Refer to ⇒ page 57 .
2.5 Adjusting Buffer, Adjusting
Note
If necessary, replace the adjusting buffer. Refer to ⇒ page 56 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the clamping screw -4- until it is visible in the rubber

buffer.
– Pull the locking retainer -3- out of the adjusting buffer -1-.
– Set the locking retainer to dimension -a- = 12.5 mm.
– Close the rear lid in the initial locking position using light pres‐
sure over the center.
2. Rear Lid 57
– Open the rear lid again.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Screw in the clamping screw -1- of the adjusting buffer -2- to

a depth of dimension -a- = 20 mm.
– Check the adjustment.
2.6 Latch, Removing and Installing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Removing by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
If the rear lid does not open, use the emergency release inside the rear lid trim panel to open it manually. Refer
to the Owner's Manual.
– Disconnect the connector -3- from the latch -1-.
– Remove the bolts -2- and remove the latch -1- from the rear
lid.
2. Rear Lid 59
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Insert the latch -1- into the rear lid and tighten the bolts -2-.
– Connect the connector -3- to the latch -1-.
2.7 Actuator, Removing and Installing

⇒ “2.7.1 Actuator, Removing and Installing, without Rearview
Camera”, page 60
⇒ “2.7.2 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with Rearview Cam‐
era”, page 62
2.7.1 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with‐

out Rearview Camera

Note
The brand emblem can be replaced separately. Refer to

⇒ “9.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 456 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Disconnect the connector -4- from the actuator connection
-1-.
– Turn the actuator -1- slightly in direction of -arrow a- and re‐
move it from the rear lid -2- in direction of -arrow b-.
In case of an electrical malfunction, the rear lid can be opened
using the latch emergency release. There is an opening in the
rear lid trim panel to reach the emergency release.
2. Rear Lid 61
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Insert the actuator -1- into the rear lid -2- in direction of
-arrow a- and turn it slightly in direction of -arrow b-.
– Install and tighten the bolts -3-.
– Secure the connector -4- on the actuator.
– Install the rear lid lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
2.7.2 Actuator, Removing and Installing, with

Rearview Camera
Note
The brand emblem can be replaced separately. Refer to

⇒ “9.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 456 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Removing Prote AG.
– Disconnect the connectors -6-.
– Remove the screws -5-.
– Turn the actuator -1- slightly in direction of -a arrows- and re‐
move it from the rear lid -3- in direction of -b arrow-.
– Remove the water drain hose -4- from the actuator in direction
of -arrow c-.
In case of an electrical malfunction, the rear lid can be opened
using the latch emergency release. There is an opening in the
rear lid trim panel to reach the emergency release.
Notes and procedures for the rearview camera -7- and the ac‐
tuator -2-. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Rearview
Camera System .
2. Rear Lid 63
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
Installing
orm
m
atio
– Insert the actuator -1- into the rear lid -3- in direction of
om
-arrow a- and turn it slightly in direction of -b arrows-.

n in
or c
thi
e
– Secure the water drain hose -4- on the actuator in direction of

t
sd
iva
-arrow c-.
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Tighten the bolts -5-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Secure the connectors -6-. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Install the rear lid lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.8 Hinges, Removing and Installing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen Body
oes Exterior - Edition
not
02.2016
ol
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Lower the headliner near the hinge mount. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing
and Installing .
– The headliner can now be lowered far enough so that the hex
nut -4- can be removed without damaging the headliner.
– Loosen the hex nuts -4- and bolts -2-, but do not remove them.
Note
♦ Tape off the roof edge and the upper edge of the rear lid, to prevent paint damage.
♦ For the following work procedures, a second technician must hold the rear lid in at the bottom -arrow-.
♦ The gas-filled struts remain installed.
– Remove the hex nut -4- and bolts -2-.

– Remove the hinge -1-.
2. Rear Lid 65
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
Installing
his
ate
do
riv
Install the hinge -1- in reverse order of removal.

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Note t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Make sure that the washer -3- is seated correctly. cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Recreate the observed sealing procedures.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Removing spec
t to the co
– Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Car‐
rier Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
rrectne
– Remove the hex nuts -2- and remove the catch -1- from the
lock carrier.
ss o
cial p
Installing
f inform
mer
– Install the catch -1- with the hex nuts -2- on the lock carrier.
atio
m

o
n
c

or
n thi
te
sd
va
– Install the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
i
o
pr
cum
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Carrier

r
fo
en
ng
Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Rear Lid 67
Note
♦ By loosening the hex nuts -2-, the catch -1- can be moved inside the oversized holes in direction of
-arrows a and b-. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
♦ Adjust the catch -1- so that the rear lid latch opening with the by Vrotary latch engages with the center
olk ot g
ua of the
catch -1-. ir se
d ran
tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Loosen the hex nuts -2-.
– Move the catch -1- into the upper position and tighten the hex
nuts -2-.
– Close the rear lid and check the adjustment.
2.11 Rear Lid Seal, Removing and Installing

The seal on the rear lid is equipped at the factory with a sealant,
applied to body flange and then rolled on.

Note
♦ When the seal is removed, the sealant spreads on the inner side of the seal and the sides bend up slightly.
If the seal is being reinstalled, the sealing strength and a secure fit are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every seal that has been removed completely must be replaced with a so-called “hammer-
stroke seal”.
♦ For partially removed seals, press the seal flanks together before installing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the seal -1- from the body flange -2-.
Installing
– Align the seal -1- with the vulcanized point to the gas-filled strut
assembly -arrows-.
– Press in the seal -1- by hand evenly onto the body flange.
2. Rear Lid 69
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf y V Variant 2015 ➤
olk not
gu
b ara
Body Exterior ris - Edition 02.2016
ed
nte
ho eo
aut ra
2.12 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
Note
, is n
h re
hole
spec
The rear lid must be supported when removing a gas-filled strut. One gas-filled strut alone cannot hold the rear
es, in part or in w
lid open.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the rear lid and support it.
WARNING
Proceed carefully when reusing a gas-filled strut. The spring

clip must not be pried completely out of the ball socket, other‐
wise it will be damaged. The gas-filled strut will spring out of
the mount, resulting in damage and/or injury to the technician.
– Insert a small screwdriver -3- under the spring clips -2-.

– Lift the spring clips -2- just far enough in direction of
-a arrows- so that they can be moved over the ball sockets.

– Remove the gas-filled strut -1- from the ball stud -4- in direction
of -b arrows-.
Slide the spring clips -2- back on immediately after removing the
gas-filled strut.
– The gas-filled strut must be vented when disposing of it. Refer
to ⇒ “2.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting”, page 72 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
– Push the gas-filled strut ball sockets -1- onto the ball stud -4-
until the ball sockets engage audibly on the ball stud.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Lid 71
2.13 Gas-Filled Strut, Venting

– Clamp the area -x- of the gas strut in the vise, area x = 50 mm.
WARNING
Wear protective eyewear when sawing.

Cover the area of the saw cut with a cleaning cloth.
Dispose of the oil and cleaning cloths properly.
– Cut open the cylinder of the gas-filled strut within the first third
of the total cylinder length, using the piston rod side of the
cylinder as a reference point.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Fuel Filler Door Unit

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door Unit”, page 73
⇒ “3.2 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 74
⇒ “3.3 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing”, page 76
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
⇒ “3.4 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing”,
Vol page 77
ksw not
gu
by ara
ed
3.1 Overview - Fuel Filler Door
ut
ho
ris Unit nte
eo
a ra
ss c
ce
le
1 - Fuel Filler Door un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.3 Fuel Filler Door,
wit
is n
h re
ole,
ling”, page 76 .
spec
2 - Fuel Filler Door Unit
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Fuel Filler Door
rrectne
Unit, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 74 .
ss o
3 - Water Drain Hose
cial p
f inform
❑ Routed between the
mer
wheel housing and the
atio
m
wheel housing liner

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
4 - Adjusting Element
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
ling. Refer to
fo
en
ng
⇒ “3.4 Adjusting Ele‐

t.
yi Co
op
ment, Removing and In‐
C py
ht. rig
stalling”, page 77 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
5 - Connector
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Screw
❑ 1.5 Nm
3. Fuel Filler Door Unit 73

3.2 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Remove the fuel filler cap.

h re
hole
spec
– Remove the bolt -3-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the fuel filler door unit boot from the filler neck -2-.
– If equipped, remove the fuel filler door unit boot from the re‐
ducing agent filler neck.
rrectness of i
– Remove the fuel filler door unit slightly toward the rear in di‐
l purpos
rection of -arrow a- out of the retainers.

– Tilt the fuel filler door unit -1- out of the side panel in direction
nf
ercia
of -arrow b-.
rm
m
atio
m
– Guide the water drain hose -4- out of the side panel.
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Insert the water drain hose -4- through the opening in the fuel
filler door unit -1- and then pull it all the way through.
– Push the water drain hose -4- into the side panel in direction
of -arrow a-.
– Pivot the fuel filler door unit -1- in the side pane in direction of
-arrow b- and pull the boot over the filler neck -2-.
– If equipped, pull the fuel filler door unit boot over the reducing
agent filler neck.
– Push the fuel filler door unit completely into the side panel in

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤uth o eo
ra
a
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
3.3 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Push the fuel filler door -1- out of the fuel filler door unit re‐
tainers -2- in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the fuel filler door.
Installing
– Place the fuel filler door -1- on the fuel filler door unit -2-.
– Push the fuel filler door into the fuel filler door unit retainers.

3.4 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the fuel filler door unit. Refer to

es, in part or in w
⇒ “3.2 Fuel Filler Door Unit, Removing and Installing”,

t to the co
page 74 .
– To reach the connector, remove the right luggage compart‐
rrectness of i
ment side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;

Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Luggage Compartment
l purpos
Side Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .

– Disconnect the connector -4-.
nform
ercia
– Pull the adjusting element -1- out of the side panel in direction
m
a
com
of -arrow a-.
ion in
r
te o
Installing
thi
s
iva
do
– Connect the connector -4-.

r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Install the grommet -3- in the side panel.

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Push the adjusting element -1- in the side panel in direction of
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
-arrow b-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Special Tools
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
78
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids Prote AG.
57 – Front Doors, Central Locking System

1 Door
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 79
⇒ “1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 82
⇒ “1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 84
⇒ “1.4 Door, Removing and Installing”, page 86
⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”, page 89
⇒ “1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 93
1.1 Overview - Door
Note
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The right side is identical.
♦ After replacing the A-pillar, the bolts -2 and 5- as well as -14 and 17- are to be tightened to another tightening
specification.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 79
1 - Front Door
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Removing
and Installing”,
page 86 .
⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”,
page 89 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Loosening one time to
adjust the door is per‐ Volkswagen AG
mitted. Always replace swagen AG. does
afterward. by
Volk not
gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
ho
Note au
t or
ac
ss
ce
le
♦ Another tightening specification

un
pt
must be observed after replacing
an
d
itte
y li
the A-pillar.
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Tightening specification after re‐
ot
wit
, is n
placing the A-pillar: 20 Nm + 90°
h re
hole
spec
3 - Door Hinge
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ The hinge has two sec‐
tions. The upper and
lower section can be re‐
rrectness of i
placed separately if nec‐

essary.
l purpos
❑ The bolt -8- attaches the

hinge lower section to
nform
ercia
the upper section.

m
4 - Cap
com
tion in
❑ For the bolt -8-

r
te o
thi
s
❑ Is not installed in all markets.

iva
do
r
rp
cum
5 - Bolt
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ 50 Nm
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
❑ Installed from the vehicle interior rig ht
py by
o Vo
❑ Loosening one time to adjust the door is permitted. Always replace afterward.
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ The instrument panel is not removed for loosening and tightening.
❑ To remove and install, the instrument panel must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel, Removing and Installing .
Note

the A-pillar.
6 - Cap
❑ For bolts -7 and 16-
❑ Is not installed in all markets.
7 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
80 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015
eo ➤
u ra
ss a Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
8 - Bolt
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 23 Nm
wit
, is n
❑ Connects the upper hinge portion -9 or 15- to the lower hinge portion -3 or 13-.
h re
hole
spec
9 - Door Hinge
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ The hinge has two sections. The upper and lower section can be replaced separately if necessary.
❑ The bolt -8- attaches the upper section to the hinge lower section.
rrectness of i
10 - Bolt
❑ 30 Nm
11 - Bolt l purpos
nf
ercia
❑ 9 Nm
orm
m
❑ Quantity: 2
atio
om
n in
c
12 - Door Arrester
or
thi
e
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 93 .
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
13 - Door Hinge
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ The bolt -8- attaches the hinge lower section to the upper section.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
14 - Bolt
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Installed from the vehicle interior
❑ The A-pillar lower trim must be removed in order remove and install. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
Note

the A-pillar.
15 - Door Hinge
16 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
17 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
Note

the A-pillar.
1. Door 81
1.2 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
The inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant, agen oes
olksw not
applied to the door flange and then rolled on. byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ The sealant on the inside of the seal will spread when the seal is removed. The sides will bend up slightly.
y li
erm
ab
If the seal is being reinstalled, the sealing strength and a secure fit are no longer guaranteed.
ility
ot p
♦ For this reason, every seal that has been completely removed must be replaced with a so-called “hammer-
wit
, is n
h re
stroke seal”.
hole
spec
♦ For partially removed seals, the seal sides are pressed together before installing.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left inner door seal. The right side is identical.
♦ For better illustration the front door is removed.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Sill Panel Strip, Removing
and Installing .

– To remove the inner door seal, remove the necessary pillar

trim panels. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger
Compartment Trim; Component Location Overview - Passen‐
ger Compartment Trim .
– Remove the inner door seal -2- from the body flange.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Installing
– Install the inner door seal -2- starting at the top of the door
rrectne
opening -arrow-.
– Align the vulcanized point -3- above the lower hinge.
ss o
cial p
– Install the side trim panels. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
f in
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location

form
mer
Overview - Passenger Compartment Trim .

atio
om
– Install the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a
and Installing .
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 83
1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “1.3.1 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, Sedan 2-
Door”, page 84
⇒ “1.3.2 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing, Sedan 4-Door
and Wagon”, page 85
1.3.1 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan 2-Door
Caution
This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer

to component overview prior to starting procedure.
Mandatory Replacement Parts

♦ Circlips - Door Seal (Replace if damage)
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
– Remove the doorbyseal Vol -1- with the clips -3- from nthe
ot g door -2-.
ua
ed ran
s
Installing hori tee
aut or
ac
– Check the clips -3- for damage and replace if necessary.
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Press the door seal -1- with the clips -3- onto the door -2-.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
The clips -3- must be pushed in until it stop.
ility
ot p
1.3.2 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐
wit
, is n
h re
ling, Sedan 4-Door and Wagon
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
♦ Circlips - Door Seal (Replace if damage)
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 85
Removing
– Remove the door seal -1- with the clips -3- from the door -2-.
Installing
– Check the clips -3- for damage and replace if necessary.
– Press the door seal -1- with the clips -3- onto the door -2-.
The clips -3- must be pushed in until it stop.
1.4 Door, Removing and Installing

♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320-
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench - Joint - 3320/1-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/2-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/3-n AG. Volkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
by
Vol
k ot g
ua
d ran
se
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - 3410-
tho
ri tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ Wedge Set - T10383-
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Caution
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
♦ Bolts - Door Hinge to Body (Loosening one time to adjust the
ss
door is permitted. Always replace afterward.)

o
cial p
f inform
♦ Bolt - Door Hinge to Door (Loosening one time to adjust the

mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
The following describes the removal and installation of the left front door. Removing and installing the right front
en
ng
t.
yi
door is identical.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
nf
ercia
– Push the Wedge Set - T10383/1- between the boot -3- and the
or
locking mechanism in direction of -arrow a-.

m
m
atio
om
– Push the locking mechanism -2- upward in direction of

n in
or c
-arrow b- using the Wedge Set - T10383/1- and disconnect the

thi
te
connector -3- from the connector station in direction of

sd
iva
o
r
-arrow c-.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Loosen the bolts -7- on the hinges.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the bolt -4- for the door strap -5-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
– Push the door strap -5- toward the inside in direction of
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
-arrow d-.
AG.
– Lift the front door -1- with the hinges -6- upward in direction of
-arrow f- out of the hinges.
1. Door 87
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following
when installing:
Caution
The door strap bracket must be folded in toward the inside of

the vehicle (to prevent damaging the paint) before installing the
front door.
Note
The hinge arms must be flush with each other after engaging the front door.
– Adjust the front door -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Door, Adjusting”, page 89 .
– Pay attention the gap dimensions for the front door -1-. Refer
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Center
Body .

Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 79
1.5 Door, Adjusting

Caution


♦ Bolts - Door Hinge to Body (Loosening one time to adjust the. Volkswage
door is permitted. Always replace afterward.) ksw
agen
AG n AG d
oes
n ol ot g
yV
♦ Bolt - Door Hinge to Door (Loosening one time ed to adjust the
b ua
ran
ris
tho tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Note
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The following describes adjusting the left front door. Adjusting the right front door is identical.
ility
ot p
wit
♦ The vehicle must be on the ground in order to adjust the door.
, is n
h re
hole
♦ The front door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too
far inward or outward. And the contours align. spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Checking the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Center Body .
♦ Perform corrosion protection measures on the hinges and the bolts after assembling or adjusting.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 89
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Gap Dimensions, Adjusting

t to the co
For correct gap dimension adjustment, screws -2, 3, 5, and 6- at

the A-pillar must be loosened.
rrectne
– For the bolt -3-, loosen and lower the driver side fuse box.
Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Relay Carriers,
ss
Fuse Panels and E-Boxes; Relay and Fuse Carrier Behind In‐
o
cial p
strument Panel on Driver Side, Removing and Installing .

inform
mer
– For the bolt -3-, the glove compartment on the front passenger
atio
m
side must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ;

o
n
c
Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove Compartment, Re‐

i
or
n thi
moving and Installing .

te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel to access the bolt -6-.
p
cum
r
fo
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compart‐

en
ng
t.
yi
ment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Flush Dimension Adjustment
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
The bolts -4 and 7- must be loosened in order to correctly adjust
cted agen
Prote AG.
the flush dimension.
Use the Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with the respective bit
for this.

Note
Other measures, such as aligning the front door upward, are not effective. Later pressure will cause the front
door to sag again.
Adjust the catch. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Catch, Adjusting”, page 91 .
Note
After replacing the A-pillar, the other tightening specification must be observed. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 79 .

swage es n
Special tools and workshop equipment required by Vo lk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- tho tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
Note
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
♦ The threaded plate -1- of the catch in the pillar is secured differently than before.
ility
ot p
wit
♦ The arch outside the threaded plate is welded securely to the pillar. The bars to the threaded plate are
is n
h re
malleable plastic.
ole,
spec
♦ More force is needed to move the catch -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 91
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Note
ss
♦ The following describes adjusting the left front door. Adjusting the right front door is identical.
o
cial p
f in
♦ When closing, the front door must latch completely without additional force and it must not have any play.
form
mer
atio
♦ The front door must not be pushed up or down when adjusting the catch.
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
The alignment of the front door to the side panel or the rear door
t
sd
va
can be adjusted via the catch in direction of -arrows a- and

i
o
pr
cum
r
-arrows b- (wind noise).

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Loosen the bolts -3- on the B-pillar to loosen the catch -2-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note cted agen
Prote AG.
More force is needed to move the catch -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
– Tighten the bolts -3- of the catch -2-.

Striker pin to the body 20 Nm
1.7 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left door arrester. The right side is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,
– Remove the self-adhesive cover, or the front speaker. Refer
to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Sound System; Left and
1. Door 93
Right Front Bass Speaker -R21- / -R23- , Removing and In‐

stalling .
– Remove the bolt -2- from the A-pillar.
– Remove the bolts -3- and remove the door arrester -1- through
the speaker opening -arrow a-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
When no speaker is installed the cover must be installed correctly
and air tight.

2 Door Components
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Door Components”, page 95
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Window Regulator”, page 97
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock”, page 98
⇒ “2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing”,
page 99
⇒ “2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 101
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 104
⇒ “2.8 Lock Cylinder Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 106
G . Volkswage
⇒ “2.9 Cap without Lock Cylinder, Removingksw
aand
gen AInstalling”, page
n AG d
oes
not
l
108 by Vo gu
a d ran
ise
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing
ut
ho and Installing”, page 112
r tee
or
sa ac
⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing
s and Installing”, page 114
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 116
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 119
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 124
is n
h re
ole,
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
spec
126
t to the co
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
129
rrectne
⇒ “2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 130
2.1 Overview - Door Components

ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
Note
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Door Components 95
1 - Front Door
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 86 .
page 89 .
2 - Sticker
❑ 28 mm diameter
❑ Use commercially avail‐
able duct tape if needed
3 - Sticker
❑ 32 mm diameter
able duct tape if needed agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
4 - Insulation d by ara
rise nte
❑ Self-adhesive utho eo
ra
a c
❑ Installing: ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Cut to size if necessary,
an
itte
y li
200 mm x 100 mm. Po‐
erm
ab
sition as shown in the il‐
ility
ot p
lustration.
wit
, is n
h re
– Warm using the Wiring
hole
spec
Harness Repair Set -
es, in part or in w
Hot Air Blower -
t to the co
VAS1978/14A- and
then press firmly onto
the outer door panel.
rrectness of i
l purpos
5 - Door Inner Cover

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 104 .

rm
m
atio
m
6 - Outer Door Seal

o
n in
or c
❑ For 4-door
thi
te
sd
a
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 84 .
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
7 - Outer Door Seal

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ For 2-door Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
8 - Inner Outer Cover
agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 130 .
9 - Outer External Cushion
10 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut to size if necessary, 250 mm x 160 mm. Position as shown in the illustration.
– Warm using the Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A- and then press firmly onto

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise Golf
nte 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
eo
h
s aut
Body
ra
c Exterior - Edition 02.2016
s
ce
e
nl
11 - Sticker
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 19 mm diameter
erm
ab
❑ Use commercially available duct tape if needed
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
12 - Inner Window Shaft Strip
h re
hole
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 129 .
t to the co
13 - Outer Window Shaft Strip
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 126 .
l purpos
14 - Window Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 124 .
nf
ercia
o
15 - Sticker
rm
m
atio
❑ Quantity: 3 for 4-door
om
n in
c
❑ Quantity: 4 for 2-door

or
thi
te
sd
❑ 15 mm x 50 mm
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Front Door
2 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 5
3 - Window Regulator
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Window Regula‐
tor, Removing and In‐
4 - Screw
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
5 - Driver Window Regulator
Motor - V147- / Front Passen‐
ger Window Regulator Motor -
V148-
ling. Refer to
tor Motor, Removing
and Installing”,
page 99 .
6 - Clip
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock
Note
1 - Door Lock
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Re‐
page 119 .
2 - Screw
❑ 3.5 Nm
3 - Bracket
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Re‐
page 116 .
4 - Lock Cylinder
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder,
ling”, page 112 .
❑ Is only installed on the
driver door. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks not
5 - Backing Plate d by V gu
ara
e nte
ris
6 - Cap ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
❑ For sthe lock cylinder, re‐
ce
e
moving and installing.

nl
pt
du
an
Refer to
itte
y li
⇒ “2.8 Lock Cylinder

erm
ab
Cap, Removing and In‐

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
❑ Without the lock cylin‐

hole
spec
der, removing and in‐

es, in part or in w
stalling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “2.9 Cap without Lock

Cylinder, Removing and
rrectness of i
7 - Door Handle
l purpos
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 114 .
8 - Screw
nf
ercia
or
❑ 1.5 Nm
m
m
atio
m
❑ Loosening this bolt loosens the bracket from the door.

o
n in
or c
thi
9 - Release Cable
te
sd
iva
❑ From the door lock -1- to the bracket -3-

r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
10 - Release Cable
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ From the interior door mechanism to the door lock -1- t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ With a grommet for the pass through on the cover cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

11 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
12 - Cap
2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing

and Installing
Note
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left window regulator motor. Removing and in‐
stalling the right window regulator motor is identical.
♦ The Driver Door Control Module - J386- / Front Passenger Door Control Module - J387- -4- is separated
from the Driver Window Regulator Motor - V147- / Front Passenger Window Regulator Motor - V148- -1-.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ The Driver Door Control Module - J386- / FrontoPassenger Door Control Module - J387- is clipped in the
a es n d
ksw
Vol ot
door. Refer to ed by gu
ara
⇒ “3.2 DriverthDoor
or
is Control Module J386 and Front Passenger
nte
e o Door Control Module J387 , Removing and
Installing”, spage
au 137 for removing and installing. ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectnes
Removing
s o
cial p
f i
nform
mer
Removing and Installing . atio

om
n
c
– Secure the door window with adhesive tape to prevent it from

i
or
n thi
e
falling down.
t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Remove

um
r
fo
en
the ignition key.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Disconnect the connector -3-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the bolts -2- (quantity: 3).
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the power window motor -1- from the cable reel
mounts.
Installing
WARNING
The additional functions and pinch protection must be coded

when a new power window motor (door control module) is in‐
stalled.

– Install the window regulator motor -1- on the cable reel

mounts. Gently move the door window up and down so that
the splines between the window regulator motor and the cable
reel can mesh.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia

com
tion in
– The work procedure and notes on the one-touch up/down and

r
te o
thi
pinch protection can be found in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet

s
iva
do
36.1 .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and In‐
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
stalling

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left window regulator. Removing and installing the
right window regulator is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i

l purpos
– Remove the door window. Refer to

⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing”,
nform
ercia
page 382 .
m
– Remove the window regulator motor. Refer to

com
tio

n in
r
page 99 .
te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Release the cable reel hooks -4- and slide into the door.
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Remove the hex nuts -5- and push the window regulator threa‐
n
t.
yi Co
ded pin in the door. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Loosen the hex nuts -2-, but do not remove. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Slide the window regulator in the door slightly upward in di‐

rection of -arrow a- and guide it into the door in direction of
-arrow b-.
– Turn the window regulator -1- 90° and remove it through the
opening in the door in direction of -arrow c-.
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the window regulator -1- through the opening in the door
in direction of -arrow a- and bring it into the installation position.
– Push the window regulator threaded pin through the inner door
panel in direction of -arrow b- and push downward in direction
of -arrow c-.
– Push the threaded pin from below in the window regulator and
tighten the nuts -5-.
– Tighten the hex nuts -2-.
– Push the cable reel against the door inner panel until the hooks
-4- engage audibly.
– Install the window regulator motor. Refer to
page 99 .

– Install the door window. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d

⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removingoand agen
ksw Installing”,
oes
l not
page 382 . db
y V gu
ar
e an
ris tee
– Install the front door trim panel.tho Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. or
au
Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels;
ss Front Door Trim Panel, Re‐ ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Instal‐
ility
ot
wit
, is n
ling
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
The following describes removing and installing the left cover only on a 4-door vehicle. The right side and 2-
door vehicles are identical.
nform
mercia
Removing
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– If necessary, remove the wire from the cover -1-.
– Lift the cover -1- at the bottom in direction of -arrow a-.
– Remove the cover -1- forward out of the door in direction of
-arrow b-.
Note
If it is necessary for the following work steps, remove the release cable -3- with the grommet -2- from the cover
-1-. If equipped, disconnect the connector from the grommet. wage
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
Installing ris
e nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the release cable -3- with the grommet -2- into the cover
-1-.
– Install the grommet -2- into the cover -1-.
– Install the cover -1- in the door in direction of -arrow a-.
– Engage the cover -1- all around in direction of -arrow b-.

Note
Check the cover by running one's fingers along the edge.
– If equipped, install the wire on the cover -1-.

– Install the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel, Re‐

♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - 3410- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Note orise nte
eo
th
au ra
s c
The following describes the removal and installation of the right s
ce
le
catch. The left side is identical.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
Removing
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove the bolts -2- and the catch -1-.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
Installing
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
Note
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
A catch with a curve must be installed.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Place the catch -1- with the curve facing inward on the B-pillar p by
co Vo
lksw
-3-. Tighten the bolts -2-.
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the catch. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Catch, Adjusting”, page 91 .
2.8 Lock Cylinder Cap, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ When removing the lock cylinder cap, do not turn the screwdriver and do not use prying motions.
♦ The lock cylinder and lock cylinder cap are only installed on the driver side.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
– Remove the door handle from the door.

y li
erm
ab
ility
– Gently push a small screwdriver -3- in direction of -arrow a-

ot p
wit
into the opening on the bottom of the lock cylinder cap.

is n
h re
ole,
– Using the screwdriver, gently remove the lock cylinder cap

spec
-1- from the door in direction of -arrow b- at the bottom.

t to the co
– Push the cap -1- upward from the lock cylinder -2-.
Installing
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
107
Prote AG.
2. Door Components
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove the door handle -1- from the door.

– Gently push the lock cylinder cap -2- at an angle from above
rrectne
in direction of -arrow a- onto the lock cylinder.

– Press the lock cylinder cap -2- onto the door in direction of
s
-arrow b- until the cap engages with the lock cylinder.

s o
cial p
f in
2.9 Cap without Lock Cylinder, Removing

form
mer
and Installing
atio
om
n
c

or
n thi
te
sd
va
♦ Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389-

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
This cap is installed where there is no lock cylinder.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the plugs -3-.
– Guide the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389-
approximately 44 mm behind the bracket locking hook -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389- ap‐

proximately 5 mm toward the rear in direction of -arrow- until
the hook releases.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
– Remove the door
ss a
handle -2- from the door in direction of c
-arrow a-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the cap -1- from the bracket in direction of -arrow b-.
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Installing
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
110
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
– Remove the door handle -2- from the door in the direction of
do
priv
-arrow a-.
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Insert the cap -1- into the bracket in direction of -arrow b-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ised➤b ara
nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lightly push the cap -1- onto the door.

– Guide a screwdriver with a flat blade -4- approximately 40 mm
until the bracket locking hook -3-.
– Push the cap -1- onto the door.
– Push in the screwdriver approximately 5 mm -arrow-, until the
hook -3- locks.
– Secure the plug -5-.
2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing

Note
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of a left lock cylinder. The right side is identical.
♦ There can be different covers -4, 6, or 7- installed.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Remove the lock cylinder cap. Refer to

or
thi
e
⇒ “2.8 Lock Cylinder Cap, Removing and Installing”,

t
sd
iva
page 106 .
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Lift off the covers -4 and 5- or -7-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the screw -8- all the way.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push in the screw -8- with the locking mechanism -9- in direc‐
tion of -arrow a-. Only then is the lock cylinder released.
– Remove the door handle -2- from the door.
– Remove the lock cylinder housing -1- from the bracket -3- at
a right angle in direction of -arrow b- to the door.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
– Pull out on the door ut from the door.
handles a-2- ra
s c
ce
– Install the lock cylinder housing -1- into the bracket -3- at a
e
nl
pt
du
right angle in direction of -arrow a-.

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Install the bolts -5 and 8- into the mounting bracket. The bolt
ility
ot p
-8- draws the locking mechanism -9- into position in direction

wit
, is n
of -arrow b-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
The lock cylinder housing must be pressed onto the outer door panel while installing.
rrectness of i

l purpos
nf
ercia
2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing

orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
Note
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
The following describes the removal and installation of the right door handle. The left side is identical.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
114
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System
AG.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
For notes and procedures regarding a door handle with the key‐
n
c
in t
or
less access authorization system. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

his
ate
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Access/Start Authorization .

do
priv
cum
or
– Depending on the version, remove the lock cylinder cap and

f
en
ng
t.
the lock cylinder. Refer to
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
page 106 and
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “2.10 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 112 .
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Or remove the cap without the lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Cap without Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”,
page 108 .
– Pull the door handle -1- slightly to the rear in direction of
-arrow a- and out of the bracket mount.
– Pivot the door handle in the direction of -arrow b-.
– Remove the door handle at a right angle in direction of
-arrow c- from the bracket.
For vehicles with a keyless access authorization system, the con‐
nector is loosened when removing the door handle.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
e d
is nte
For notes and procedures regarding a door handlethor with the key‐ eo
less access authorization system. Refer to ⇒ sElectrical Equip‐
au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
– Insert the door handle -1- into the bracket at a right angle in
an
d
itte
y li
direction of -arrow a-.

rm
ab
pe
ility
For vehicles with a keyless access authorization system, the con‐

ot
wit
, is n
nector is brought together when installing the door handle.

h re
hole
spec
– Pivot the door handle -1- into the door in direction of

es, in part or in w
-arrow b-.
t to the co
– Push the door handle toward the front in direction of

-arrow c- into the mount in the bracket.
rrectness of i
– Always perform a function test with the door open.

l purpos
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing

nform
ercia

m

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
116
copy Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System cted agen
Prote AG.
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
The following describes the removal and installation
ir se of the left bracket. The right side is identical.
d b ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
Removing ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Depending on the version, remove the lock cylinder cap and
the lock cylinder. Refer to
page 106 and
– Or remove the cap without the lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Cap without Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”,
page 108 .
– Remove the door handle. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 114 .

– Remove the door inner cover. Refer to

⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 104 .
– Remove the bolt -4- and remove the backing plate -3-.
– Remove the bracket -1- from the front door in direction of
-arrow d-. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d
a oes
ksw not
Detach the Release Cable. Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
– Release the retainer -5- and pivot thoit out of the mount in the eo
au ra
bracket in direction of -arrow a-.
ss c
ce
le
un
– Remove the pin for the release cable from the mount in direc‐
pt
an
d
tion of -arrow b-.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
of -arrow c-.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Installing
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Securing the Release Cable

– Guide the release cable -2- in the bracket -1-.
– Install the release cable bolts in the mount in direction of
-arrow b-.

– Pivot the retainer -5- into the mount in the bracket in direction
of -arrow c- and engage.
– Guide the bracket -1- into the front door in direction of
-arrow a-.
– Install the backing plate -3- and tighten the screw -4-.
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
Note o
ir se tee
th or
au ac
s
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left door lock. The right
s side is identical.
ce
le
un
pt
♦ The door window must be closed for the following work procedures.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


page 104 .
– Remove the lock cylinder. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Unlock and disconnect the connector. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
– Unclip the cap -3-. rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
– Remove the bolts -2-. s au ra
c
s
ce
e
– Remove the door lock -1- from the door -arrow-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
If it is necessary for the following work steps, loosen the cables.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Detach the Release Cable from the Mounting Bracket.
t to the co
– Remove the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 120 .
rrectness of i
– Turn the release cable -5- 90° in direction of -arrow a- and
remove it.
l purpos
– Move the release cable upward in direction of -arrow b- until it

can be guided out of the eye in the door lock -1- in direction of
nf
ercia
-arrow c-.
orm
m
atio
Detach the Release Cable to the Interior Door Mechanism.
om
n in
or c
– Turn the release cable -4- 90° and remove it.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Move the release cable in direction of -arrow d- until it can be
o
r
rp
cu
guided out of the eye in the door lock -1- in direction of
o
m
f
en
ng
-arrow e-.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Cover, Removing
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Release the hook -3- in direction of -arrow a-.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Pull the cover -1- with the hook from the door lock -2- in di‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
rection of -arrow b-.
– Remove the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow c- from the
door lock -2-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
– Install the removed cables -4 and 5- on the door lock -1-.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Install the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 122 .
t to the co
– Install the door lock -1- in the door -arrow-.
rrectness of i
– Connect the connector.
l purpos
– Install the cap -3-.

nform
ercia

m
a
com
Then a function test must be performed with door opened. If the

ion in
cables are not set or locked properly, the door lock cannot be
r
te o
thi
released and therefore the door cannot be opened.

s
iva
do
r
rp
um
fo
en
ng
t.
Cover, Installing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
– Push the cover -1- onto the bracket -3- on the door lock -2- in ce
le
un
pt
direction of -arrow a-. an
d
itte
y li
– Engage the hook -4- with the door lock -2- in direction of
rm
ab
pe
ility
-arrow b-.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left window guide. Removing and installing the
right window guide is identical.
♦ Do not bend the window guide when removing it.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
Removing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
– Remove the inner window shaft strip. Refer to

ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, Cop py
page 129 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Remove the outer window shaft strip. Refer to
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,
AG.
page 126 .
– Remove the B-pillar trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 414 .

– Remove the front door window. Refer to

⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing”,
page 382 .
– Remove the exterior rearview mirror. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
page 436 .
– Remove the securing pin -2- in direction of -arrow a-.
– Roll the sealing lip on the window guide -1- off the door flange
-3-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Remove the windowolguide
ksw
ag -1- from the door mount
does
not in direction
of -arrows b and
ed bc-.
yV gu
ara
ris nte
– Remove theaut window guide -1- from the door flange -3- evenly
ho eo
ra
all around
ss in direction of -arrows d-. c
ce
le
un
Installing
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Spray the window guide with soapy water to make it easier to

install.
– Push the window guide -1- in the door mount in direction of
-arrows a and b-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variantris 2015 ➤
ed
nte
o eo
Body Exterior - Edition
aut 02.2016
h
ra
ss c
ce
le
– Install the window guide -1- forward moving along the door
un
pt
an
d
flange -3- -c arrows-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Pull the sealing lip on the window guide -1- onto the door
ility
flange -3-. ot p
wit
is n
h re
– Push in the securing pin -2- in direction of -arrow d-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
Make sure the window guide -1- fits evenly when installing it (wind noises).
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f
2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
Note
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
♦ The outer window shaft strip has a metal insert in the center.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
♦ If it gets bent, the outer window shaft strip can no longer be straightened out again. It will remain “wavy”.
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Therefore the outer window shaft strip must be removed and installed evenly without bending it.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left outer window shaft strip. Removing and
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
installing the right window shaft strip is identical. Prote AG.
Removing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Slightly remove the outer window shaft strip -1- evenly from
y li
erm
ab
the door flange -2- in direction of -a arrows-. Do not bend the

ility
ot p
strip while doing so.

wit
, is n
h re
– Pull the outer window shaft strip -1- out from under the exterior
hole
spec
rearview mirror -3- in direction of -arrow b-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ It is permissible to use assembly aids.

♦ Do not use any striking tools to install the outer window shaft strip.
– Push the outer window shaft strip -1- under the exterior rear‐
view mirror -3- in direction of -arrow a-.
– Align the outer window shaft strip -1- on the B-pillar and push
it evenly by hand onto the door flange -2- in direction of
-b arrows-.

2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left inner window shaft strip. Removing and installing
the right window shaft strip is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Pry the inner window shaft strip -1- evenly and without bending
from the flange -2- -a arrows-.
Installing
– Center the inner window shaft strip -1- and push on the front
door flange -2- evenly by hand.

2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing
Note
Removal and installation is described only for the left outer cover. Removing and installing right outer cover is
identical.
Removing
page 104 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
– Release the outer exterior cover retaining tabs -2- alternating

atio
m
from side to side with a screwdriver and at the same time re‐
o
n in
or c
move the outer exterior cover -2- forward from the door -3-.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Loosen the inner exterior cover adhesive strip -1- from the
o
r
rp
cu
door -3- and remove the inner exterior cover -1- forward from
o
m
f
en
ng
the door.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
130
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
– Check the inner exterior cover -1- and outer exterior cover
n
t.
yi Co
op
-2- for damage. and if necessary replace.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Replace the two-sided adhesive tape on the inner exterior
copy Vo
by lksw
cover -1-. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the protective film from the two-sided adhesive tape

on the inner exterior cover -1-.
– Push the inner exterior door cover -1- until it stop in the door
-3-.
– Push the inner exterior cover -1- with force against the door
inner panel.
– Push the outer exterior door cover -2- until stop in the door and
while doing so engage with the inner exterior cover -1-.
– Install the door inner cover. Refer to
page 104 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ horis
eo
ut
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
3 Central Locking
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking”,
wit
, is n
page 132
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 and Front Passenger
es, in part or in w
Door Control Module J387 , Removing and Installing”,
t to the co
page 137
⇒ “3.3 Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module
rrectness of i
J1016 and Front Passenger Side Rear Window Regulator Motor
Control Module J1017 , Removing and Installing”, page 137 l purpos
⇒ “3.4 Key Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 137
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.5 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 140

m
3.1 Component Location Overview - Central
at
om
ion
c
Locking
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
⇒ “3.1.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking, Se‐

p
cum
dan”, page 132
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “3.1.2 Component Location Overview - Central Locking, Wag‐ Cop py
on”, page 135
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
3.1.1 Component Location Overview - Central Locking, Sedan
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Alarm Horn - H12-

ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
96 ; Anti-theft Alarm
System; Alarm Horn
H12, Removing and In‐
stalling .
2 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
trol Module - J387-
❑ Installed separately
from the window regula‐
tor motor in the door.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Con‐
trol Module J386 and
Front Passenger Door
Control Module J387 ,
ling”, page 137 .
3 - Right Front Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attach‐
ed to the door inner pan‐
el
❑ The power central lock‐
ing system is integrated
in the door lock
ling. Refer to
page 119 .
4 - Connector Station
❑ Component location:

right B-pillar
❑ Loosen the boot on the pillar to disconnect the connector
5 - Front Passenger Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module - J1017-
⇒ “3.3 Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module J1016 and Front Passenger Side Rear
Window Regulator Motor Control Module J1017 , Removing and Installing”, page 137 .
6 - Right Rear Door Lock
❑ The door lock is attached to the door inner panel
❑ The power central locking system is integrated in the door lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 179 .
7 - Rear Lid Latch
❑ Component location: bolted to the rear lid
8 - Right Rear Lid Connector Station
❑ Component location: behind the C-pillar trim panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar
9 - Operating Cable with Button
❑ Component location: bolted into the rear lid
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.7 Actuator, wage
olks Removing and Installing”,
es n page 60 .
o V t gu
by a
10 - Left Rear Lid Connector Station ris
ed ran
tee
ho
❑ Component location: behind the C-pillar au trim panel
t or
ac
ss
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
11 - Left Rear Door Lock
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
12 - Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module - J1016-
rrectne
ss o
❑ Component location: left B-pillar

cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m
14 - Left Front Door Lock

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
15 - Driver Door Control Module - J386- ht. Cop py
rig
❑ Installed separately from the window regulator motor in the door. rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 and Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 , Removing
AG.
and Installing”, page 137 .

16 - Window Regulator Central Switch
❑ Component location: installed in the door trim panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Controls; Component Location
Overview - Controls in Front Doors .
3. Central Locking 133

17 - Central Locking Button

n AG. Volkswagen A
18 - Connector Station ksw
age G do
es n
y Vol ot g
❑ Component location: sleft ed b A-pillar ua
ran
ri tee
❑ Loosen the boot aonutho
the pillar to disconnect the connector or
a
ss c
19 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Component location: under the instrument panel on the driver side
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Control Modules; Vehicle Elec‐
erm
ab
ility
trical System Control Module - J519- , Removing and Installing .
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
❑ Component location: right A-pillar
t to the co
21 - Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266-
❑ Contact switch for anti-theft alarm system
rrectne
❑ Component location: on the latch
s
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.2 Component Location Overview - Central Locking, Wagon
right A-pillar
❑ Loosen the boot on the
pillar to disconnect the
connector
2 - Vehicle Electrical System
Control Module - J519-
under the instrument
panel on the driver side
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
97 ; Control Modules;
Vehicle Electrical Sys‐
tem Control Module -
J519- , Removing and
Installing .
3 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
trol Module - J387-
❑ Installed separately
from the window regula‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tor motor in the door. ksw
agen oes
not
ol
❑ Removing and instal‐ byV gu
ara
ed
ling. Refer to horis nte
eo
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Con‐ s aut ra
c
trol Module J386 and s
ce
e
Front Passenger Door

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling”, page 137 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
4 - Right Front Door Lock
h re
hole
❑ The door lock is attach‐
spec
es, in part or in w
ed to the door inner pan‐
t to the co
el
rrectness of i
l purpos
❑ Component location: right B-pillar
nf
ercia

orm
m
6 - Front Passenger Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module - J1017-
atio
om
n in

or c
thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
7 - Right Rear Door Lock

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ The door lock is attached to the door inner panel Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 179 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
8 - Right Rear Lid Connector Station

❑ Component location: behind the D-pillar trim panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; D-Pillar

9 - Operating Cable with Button

❑ Component location: bolted into the rear lid
❑ Removing and installing.
wage
Refer
n AG. Voto
lks⇒
wa“2.7
gen AActuator,
G do
e
Removing and Installing”, page 60 .
ks s no
Vol t
10 - Rear Lid Latch ed by gu
ara
ris nte
❑ Component uth location: bolted to the rear lid
o eo
ra
a
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.6 Latch, Removing cand Installing”, page 58 .
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
11 - Left Rear Lid Connector Station
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Component location: behind the D-pillar trim panel
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; D-Pillar
wit
, is n
h re
hole
12 - Left Rear Door Lock
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
13 - Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control Module - J1016-
l purpos

nform
ercia
m
at
om
ion
❑ Component location: left B-pillar
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
15 - Left Front Door Lock

um
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
16 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-
❑ Installed separately from the window regulator motor in the door.
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 and Front Passenger Door Control Module J387 , Removing
and Installing”, page 137 .
17 - Window Regulator Central Switch
18 - Central Locking Button
❑ Component location: left A-pillar
20 - Alarm Horn - H12-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Anti-theft Alarm System; Alarm
Horn H12, Removing and Installing .
21 - Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266-
❑ Contact switch for anti-theft alarm system
❑ Component location: on the latch

3.2 Driver Door Control Module - J386- and

Front Passenger Door Control Module -
J387- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Release and disconnect all existing connectors on the door
control module -1-.
– Release the tabs -2- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
door control module -1- from the inner door panel.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal while paying attention to the
following:
– Perform a function test before installing the front door trim
panel.
3.3 Driver Side Rear Window Regulator Mo‐

tor Control Module - J1016- and Front
Passenger Side Rear Window Regula‐
tor Motor Control Module - J1017- , Re‐
moving and Installing
The procedure for removing and installing the Driver Side Rear
Window Regulator Motor Control Module - J1016- / FrontAG Pas‐
. Volkswagen AG
senger Side Rear Window Regulator Motor Control lkswModule -
agen does
not
J1017- follows the procedure for removing and d by installing
Vo
the rear gu
ara
window regulator motor. Refer to orise nte
⇒ “2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removingaut
h and Installing”, eo
ra
page 163 . ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
3.4 Key Battery, Removing and Installing

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
– Fold out the key blade -1- in direction of -arrow a-.

, is n
h re
hole
– Using a small screwdriver -3-, lift up the battery compartment

spec
cover -2- in direction of -arrow b-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Using a small screwdriver -3-, lift up the battery -1- from the
battery compartment -2- in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
Note
♦ Before installing the battery, one of the buttons must be push‐

ed.
♦ This resets the radio-frequency unit, and it can now recognize
the new battery.
Note the polarity and installation position when installing the bat‐
tery. The positive terminal is marked.
– Insert the battery -1- by pressing it lightly in direction of

-arrow a- into the battery compartment -2-.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Push the battery compartment cover -3-
Vol
kswand the radio-fre‐
a
not
quency unit together in directionedof -arrow b-.
by gu
ara
ris nte
o eo
– The ignition key must now abe
u synchronized. Refer to
th
ra
⇒ page 138 . ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Ignition Key, Synchronizing
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the lock cylinder cap -3-. Refer to

page 106 .
– Hold the ignition key -2- at the lock cylinder -1- and push the
“open” button.
– Unlock the vehicle using the ignition key -2- within one minute
via the lock cylinder -1-.

3.5 Ignition Key Cap, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Removing
agen
Prote AG.
– Lift up the battery compartment cover. Refer to

⇒ “3.4 Key Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 137 .
– Remove the cap -2- at the side from the ignition key in direction
of -arrow-.
Installing
Note
The threads for a new cap are cut in by the screw -1-.
– Push the cap -2- sideways onto the ignition key.

– Install the screw -1-.
– Push on the battery compartment cover.

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop

equipment required
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
3320-
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -
Joint - 3320/1-
Box Wrench - 3320/2-
Box Wrench - 3320/3- . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 y Volk not
gu
5-50Nm - VAG1331- rise db ara
nte
ho eo
♦ aut
Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - ra
s c
3410- s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment -
an
itte
y li
3371-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Trim Removal Wedge -
wit
, is n
3409-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Special Tools 141

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant
agen2015 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
by
Vol 02.2016 not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris
♦ Lock Cylinder Housing
au
th Assembly Tool - T10389- e or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 – Rear Doors
1 Door
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Door”, page 143
⇒ “1.2 Door, Removing and Installing”, page 145
⇒ “1.3 Door, Adjusting”, page 149
⇒ “1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 152
⇒ “1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 154
⇒ “1.7 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 157
1.1 Overview - Door
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
♦ The illustration shows the left yside.
Vol The right side is identical.ot g
ksw es n
b ua
ed ra
♦ After replacing the B-pillar,
ho
risthe bolts -2 and 5- as well as -14 and 17- nare
tee to be tightened to another tightening
specification. au
t or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 143
1 - Rear Door
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 145 .
page 149 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
❑ Loosening one time to
adjust the door is per‐
mitted. Always replace
afterward.
Note

the A-pillar.
3 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sec‐
tions.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ The bolt -8- attaches the agen oes
olksw not
hinge lower section to d by V gu
ara
the upper section. horise nte
eo
ut ra
a
4 - Cap ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
5 - Bolt
erm
ab
ility
❑ 50 Nm
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
❑ The B-pillar lower trim must be removed in order remove and install. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
t to the co
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos

the A-pillar.
nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
6 - Cap
at
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
7 - Bolt
n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ 50 Nm t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Loosening one time to adjust the door is permitted. Always replace afterward. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
8 - Bolt
AG.
❑ 23 Nm
❑ Connects the hinge upper section to the hinge lower section
144 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors

9 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sections. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
❑ The bolt -8- attaches
by
Volk
the upper section to the hinge
ot g lower section.
ua d ran
se
10 - Bolt tho
ri tee
or
au ac
❑ 30 Nmss
ce
e
nl
11 - Bolt
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 9 Nm
erm
ab
ility
❑ Quantity: 2
ot p
wit
, is n
12 - Door Arrester
h re
hole
spec
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing”, page 152 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
13 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sections.
❑ The bolt -8- attaches the hinge lower section to the upper section.
rrectness of i
14 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ 50 Nm
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
❑ The B-pillar lower trim must be removed in order remove and install. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
o
n in
or c
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
Note cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ Another tightening specification Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
the A-pillar.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
15 - Door Hinge
❑ The hinge has two sections.
16 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
17 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm
Note

the A-pillar.
1.2 Door, Removing and Installing

1. Door 145

Caution

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Mandatory Replacement d Parts
by ua
ran
ir se tee
o
♦ Bolts - Door Hinge
auth
to Body (Loosening one time to adjust the or a
door is permitted.
ss Always replace afterward.) c
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Bolt - Door Hinge to Door (Loosening one time to adjust the
an
d
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
The following describes the removal and installation of the left rear door. Removing and installing the right rear
t to the co
door is identical.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Push the Wedge Set - T10383/1- between the boot -3- and the
t to the co
locking mechanism -2- in direction of -arrow a-.

– Push the locking mechanism -2- upward in direction of
rrectness of i
-arrow b- using the Wedge Set - T10383/1- and disconnect the

connector -3- from the connector station in direction of
l purpos
-arrow c-.
– If equipped, pry up the cover for the bolts -7-.
nform
ercia
– Loosen the bolts -7- on the hinges in direction of -arrow e-, but
m
at
do not remove.
om
ion
c
in t
– Remove the bolt -4- for the door strap -5-.

or
his
ate
do
riv
– Push the door strap -5- toward the inside in direction of

p
cum
-arrow d-.
for
en
ng
t.
yi
– Lift the door -1- with the hinge upper sections -6- upward in
Co
Cop py
direction of -arrow f- from the hinge lower sections.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Installing
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 147
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce

le
un
pt
when installing:
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Caution
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The door strap bracket must be folded in toward the inside of

hole
spec
the vehicle (to prevent damaging the paint) before installing the
es, in part or in w
rear door.
t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
The hinge arms must be flush with each other after installing the rear door.
nform
mercia
– Adjust the rear door -1-. Refer to

a
com
tio
⇒ “1.3 Door, Adjusting”, page 149 .

n in
r
te o
thi
– Pay attention the gap dimensions for the front door -1-. Refer
s
iva
do
to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Center

r
rp
cum
Body .
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3 Door, Adjusting

Note
♦ The following describes adjusting the left rear door. Adjusting the right rear door is identical.
♦ The vehicle must be on the ground in order to adjust the door.
♦ The rear door is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap dimension when closed. It is not too
far inward or outward. And the contours align.
♦ Checking the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Center Body .
♦ Perform corrosion protection measures on the hinges and the bolts after assembling or adjusting.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 149
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
t
Gap Dimensions, Adjusting
ion in
r
te o
For a correct gap dimension adjustment, the bolts

thi
s
iva
-2, 3, 6, and 7- on the B-pillar must be loosened.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Remove the B-pillar lower trim to access the bolts -3 and 7-.
en
ng
t.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compart‐
yi Co
op py
ment Trim; B-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Flush Dimension Adjustment
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The bolts -5 and 9- must be loosened in order to correctly adjust
the flush dimension.
Use the Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with the respective bit
for this.
Note
Other measures, such as aligning the rear door upward, are not effective. Pressure later will cause the rear
door to sag again.



Note
♦ The threaded plate -1- of the catch in the pillar is secured differently than before.
♦ The arch outside the threaded plate is welded securely to the pillar. The bars to the threaded plate are
malleable plastic.
♦ More force is needed to move the catch -2- when the bolts -3- are loose.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Door 151
Note
♦ The following describes adjusting the left rear door. Adjusting the right rear door is identical.
♦ When closing, the rear door must latch completely without having to press it and it must not have any play.
♦ The rear door must not be pushed up or down when adjusting the catch.
The alignment of the rear door to the side panel can be adjusted
using the catch in direction of -arrows a and b- (wind noises).
– Loosen the catch -2- on the C-pillar by loosening the bolts
-3-.
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
More force is needed to move the catch -2- when the bolts -3- are b loose.
y V gu
d ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
– Tighten the bolts -3- of the catch -2-. ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left door strap. The right side is identical.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
– Remove the self-adhesive cover.
– Remove the bolt -2- from the B-pillar.
– Remove the bolts -3- and the door strap -1-.
1. Door 153
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing

The inner door seals are equipped at the factory with sealant,
applied to the door flange and then rolled on.

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Note byV
olk not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or
♦ The sealant on the inside of the aseal
ut
h will spread when the seal is removed. Thee osides will bend
ra up slightly.
If the seal is being reinstalled, sthe
s sealing strength and a secure fit are no longer guaranteed. c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ For this reason, every seal that has been completely removed must be replaced with a so-called “hammer-
du
an
itte
stroke seal”.
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ For partially removed seals, the seal sides are pressed together before installing.ot p
wit
, is n
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left inner door seal. The right side is identical.
h re
hole
spec
♦ For clarity, the rear door is removed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
and Installing .
– To remove the inner door seal, remove the necessary pillar
trim panels. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger
Compartment Trim; Component Location Overview - Passen‐
ger Compartment Trim .
1. Door 155
– Remove the inner door seal -1- from the body flange -2-.
Installing
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
Do not kink the vulcanized point -3-. ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the inner door seal -1- starting in the upper radius of the
door opening -arrow-.
– Align the vulcanized point -3- between the hinges.
– Install the side trim panels. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location
– Install the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
and Installing .

1.7 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Loosen the seal -1- with the clips -2- from the door in direction
of -b arrows-.
– Pull the seal -1- out of the window guide in direction of
-arrow a-.
– Pull the guide clip -3- in direction of -arrow c- out of the door.
1. Door 157
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ by
Vol not
gu
d ara
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 orise nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Slide the guide clip -3- in direction of -arrow a- into the door.
– Slide the seal -1- into the window guide in direction of
-arrow c-.
– Press the seal -1- with the clips -2- into the door in direction of
-b arrows-.

2 Door Components yV
olkswage es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Door Components”, page 159hor is tee
ut or
a ac
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Window Regulator”, pagess161
ce
le
un
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock”, page 162
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
page 163
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 165
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing”, page 168
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.7 Window Crank, Removing and Installing”, page 168
⇒ “2.8 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 170
rrectness of i
l purpos
⇒ “2.10 Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 173

⇒ “2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing”, page 176
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 177

m
a
com
tio
⇒ “2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 179
n in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 183
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
fo
en
g
186
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
t. rig
gh ht
yri
187
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 188
Prote AG.
2.1 Overview - Door Components
Note

1 - Rear Door
ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 145 .
page 149 .
2 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ 28 mm diameter
3 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 32 mm diameter
4 - Insulation
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Installing:
– Cut to size if necessary,
200 mm x 100 mm. Po‐
sition as shown in the il‐
lustration. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Warm using the Wiring d byV gu
ara
Harness Repair Set - oris e nte
eo
Hot Air Blower - aut
h
ra
VAS1978/14A- and s s c
ce
e
then press firmly onto

nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
5 - Release Cable
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.8 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 170 .
spec
es, in part or in w
7 - Outer Door Seal

t to the co
❑ Secured with clips on the door

rrectness of i
8 - Bracket
l purpos
❑ Component of the outer door seal

9 - Inner Outer Cover
nform
ercia
m
at
om
io
10 - Outer External Cushion

n
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
priv
11 - Sticker
um
for
en
g
❑ Quantity: 1
n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ 19 mm diameter
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
❑ Use commercially available duct tape if needed co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
12 - Sticker
AG.
❑ Quantity: 1
❑ 15 mm diameter

13 - Outer Window Shaft Strip
⇒ “2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 186 .
14 - Inner Window Shaft Strip
⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 187 .
15 - Sticker
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 15 mm x 50 mm
16 - Window Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 183 .
2.2 Overview - Window Regulator
1 - Front Door
2 - Driver Side Rear Window
Regulator Motor Control Mod‐
ule - J1016- / Front Passenger n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Side Rear Window Regulator lkswage es n
o ot g
Motor Control Module - J1017- d byV ua
ran
ir se
❑ The door control module utho tee
or
and window regulator ss
a ac
motor are one compo‐
ce
e
nl
nent.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
tor Motor, Removing
h re
hole
and Installing”,
spec
page 163 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Hex Nut
❑ 6 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ Quantity: 2
l purpos
nf
ercia
ling. Refer to
or

m
m
atio

om

n in
or c
thi
e
5 - Bolt
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
❑ 3 Nm
o
m
f
en
ng
❑ Quantity: 3 for the win‐

t.
yi Co
op
dow regulator motor C py
t. rig
with door control mod‐
gh ht
pyri by
ule
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Window Crank
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Window Crank,
Removing and Installing”, page 168 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm

❑ Quantity: 3 for the window crank mechanism
8 - Window Crank Mechanism
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ page 168 .
2.3 Overview - Door Handle and Door Lock
Note
1 - Door Lock
ling. Refer to
page 179 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
❑ For the locking bracket
in the bracket
3 - Bracket
ling. Refer to Volkswagen AG
⇒ “2.12 Bracket, Re‐ swagen AG. does
by Volk not
gu
ara
page 177 . ris
ed
nte
tho eo
4 - Backing Plate
ss
au ra
c
ce
e
5 - Cap
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.10 Cap, Removing

wit
and Installing”,
, is n
h re
page 173 .
hole
spec
6 - Door Handle
es, in part or in w
t to the co

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Door Handle,
rrectness of i

ling”, page 176 .
l purpos
7 - Bolt
nform
ercia
❑ 1.5 Nm
m
❑ Loosening this bolt loos‐

at
om
ens the bracket from the

on
c
in t
door.
or
his
ate
do
riv
8 - Release Cable
p
cum
or
❑ From the door lock -1- to the bracket -3-

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
9 - Release Cable C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ From the interior door mechanism to the door lock -1- yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ With a grommet for the pass through on the cover cted agen
Prote AG.
10 - Cap
11 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm

❑ Quantity: 2 wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing ss
au ac
and Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Note
t to the co
The following describes removing and installing the left window regulator motor with door control module. Re‐
moving and installing right window regulator motor with door control module is identical.
rrectne
Removing
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

falling down.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ uth o eo
ra
a
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Remove
an
itte
y li
the ignition key.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the window regulator motor -1- from the cable reel
es, in part or in w
t to the co
mounts -4-.
WARNING
rrectness of i
l purpos
The additional functions and pinch protection must be coded

when a new window regulator motor (door control module) is
installed.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
Installing
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the window regulator motor -1- on the cable reel mounts
-4-. Gently move the door window up and down so that the
splines between the window regulator motor and the cable reel
can mesh.
– Tighten the screws -2-.


– A new window regulator motor must be coded. Refer to Vehi‐
cle Diagnostic Tester .
– The work procedure and notes on the one-touch up/down and
pinch protection can be found in ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
36.1 .
2.5 Window Regulator, Removing and In‐

stalling
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left window regulator. Removing and installing the
right window regulator is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Loosen the door window from the window regulator, but do not
remove. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”,
page 387 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Push the door window upward and secure. d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
– Remove the window regulator motor or the windowacrank. Re‐
ut ra
c
fer to ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
page 163 or
d
itte
y li
⇒ “2.7 Window Crank, Removing and Installing”, page 168 .
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Release the hooks on the cable reel -3- and push into the door.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the lower hex nut -2- and push the window regulator
hole
spec
threaded pin in the door.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Loosen the upper hex nuts -2-, but do not remove.
– Slide the window regulator in the door slightly upward in di‐
rection of -arrow a- and guide it into the door in direction of
rrectness of i
-arrow b-.
l purpos
– Turn the window regulator -4- 90° and remove it through the
opening in the door in direction of -arrow c-.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Guide the window regulator -4- through the opening into the rig ht
py by
door in direction of -arrow a- and bring it into the installation
co Vo
by lksw
cted
position.
agen
Prote AG.
– Push the window regulator threaded pin through the inner door
panel in direction of -arrow b- and push downward in direction
of -arrow c-.
– Tighten the hex nuts -2-.
– Push the cable reel against the door inner panel -3- until the
hooks engage audibly.
– Install the window regulator motor or window crank mecha‐
nism. Refer to
page 163 or
– Install the door window. Refer to
page 387 .
– Install the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel, Re‐

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
Tightening Specifications horis nte
eo
aut ra
2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the spacer ring -2- in the direction of -arrow a- and re‐
move the window crank -1- from the mechanism in direction
of -arrow b-.
Installing
– Push in the spacer ring -2- and push the window crank -1- on
the mechanism.
The installation position of the window crank -1- runs vertically
upward when the door window is closed.
Deviation of the window cranks to each other may be maximum
6°.
2.7 Window Crank, Removing and Installing


Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left window crank mechanism. Removing and in‐
stalling the right window crank mechanism is identical.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Removing window crank. Refer to
falling down.
– Remove the window crank mechanism -1- from the cable reel
mounts -3-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the window crank mechanism -1- onto the window crank
nform
ercia
mounts -3-. Gently move the door window up and down so that
the splines between the window crank mechanism and the
m
cable reel can mesh.

com
tion in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2.8 Door Inner Cover, Removing and Instal‐
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
ling
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left cover. The right side is identical.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
rm
m

atio
om
n in
c
– If necessary, remove the wire from the cover -1-.

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Lift the cover -1- at the bottom in direction of -arrow a-.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Remove the cover -1- forward out of the door in direction of

f
en
ng
t.
-arrow b-.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Note
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If it is necessary for the following work steps, remove the release cable -3- with the grommet -2- from the cover
-1-. If equipped, disconnect the connector from the grommet.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Guide the release cable -3- with the grommet -2- into the cover
l purpos
-1-.
– Install the grommet -2- into the cover -1-.
nform
ercia
– Insert the cover -1- into the door -2- in direction of -arrow a-.
m
at
om
io
– Engage the cover -1- all around in direction of -arrow b-.

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
Note
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Check the cover by running one's fingers along the edge. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
py by
– If equipped, install the wire on the cover -1-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


Note
The following describes removing and installing the left catch. The right side is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the bolts -2- and the catch -1-. Prote AG.
Installing
– Position the striker pin -1- on the C-pillar and tighten the bolts
-2-.
2.10 Cap, Removing and Installing


Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the plugs -3-.

wit
, is n
h re
– Guide the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389-

hole
spec
approximately 44 mm behind the bracket locking hook -2-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pull the Lock Cylinder Housing Assembly Tool - T10389- ap‐

proximately 5 mm toward the rear in direction of -arrow- until
the hook releases.
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Remove the cap -1- from the bracket.

Installing
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
– Push the cap -1- into the bracket.

, is n
h re
hole
– Guide a screwdriver with a flat blade -4- approximately 40 mm

spec
until the bracket locking hook -3-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Push the cap -1- onto the door.

– Push in the screwdriver approximately 5 mm in direction of
rrectness of i
-arrow-, until the hook locks.

l purpos
– Mount the plug -3-.

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.11 Door Handle, Removing and Installing
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the right door handle. The left side is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i

l purpos

– Remove the cap. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “2.10 Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 173 .

orm
m
atio
– Pull the door handle -1- slightly to the rear in direction of

om
-arrow a- and out of the bracket mount.

n in
or c
thi
e
– Pivot the door handle in the direction of -arrow b-.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove the door handle from the bracket -1- in direction of

o
m
f
en
ng
-arrow c-.
t.
yi Co
op py
Installing
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Insert the door handle -1- into the bracket at a right angle in Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Pivot the door handle -1- into the door in direction of
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
-arrow b-.
AG.
– Push the door handle toward the front in direction of

-arrow c- into the mount in the bracket.
– Install the cap. Refer to
2.12 Bracket, Removing and Installing

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left bracket. The right side is identical.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
page 170 .
– Remove the door handle. Refer to
– Remove the bolt -4- and remove the backing plate -3-.
– Push the bracket -1- slightly toward the rear and remove it from
the door in direction of -arrow d-.
Detach the Release Cable.
– Release the retainer -5- and pivot it out of the mount in the
bracket in direction of -arrow a-.
– Remove the pin for the release cable from the mount in direc‐
tion of -arrow b-.
of -arrow c-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Securing the Release Cable
AG.
– Guide the release cable -2- in the bracket -1-.

– Install the release cable bolts in the mount in direction of
-arrow b-.
– Pivot the retainer -5- into the mount in the bracket in direction
of -arrow c- and engage.
– Guide the bracket -1- into the door in direction of -arrow a-.
– Push the bracket slightly forward.
– Install the backing plate -3- and tighten the screw -4-.
2.13 Door Lock, Removing and Installing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
e
♦ The following describes the removal andthinstallation
oris of the left door lock. The right sidente
e ois identical.
au ra
♦ The door window must be closed for the
ss following work procedures. c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

page 170 .
– Unlock and disconnect the connector.
– Remove the cap -3-.
– Remove the door lock -1- from the door -arrow-.

Note
If it is necessary for the following work steps, loosen the cables.
Detach the Release Cable from the Mounting Bracket.

– Remove the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 181 .
– Turn the release cable -5- 90° and remove it in direction of
-arrow a-.
– Move the release cable in direction of -arrow b- until it can be
guided out of the eye in the door lock -1- in direction of
-arrow c-.
Detach the Release Cable to the Interior Door Mechanism.
– Turn the release cable -4- 90°
gen AG
. Volkand remove
swagen AG d it.
a oes
lksw n
– Move the release
db
y V cable in direction of -arrow d-
o ot g
uuntil
ara it can be
guided outoris of the eye in the door lock -1- in direction
e nte of
eo
-arrowaue-.
th ra
ss c
Cover, Removing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the hook -3- in direction of -arrow a-.

– Pull the cover -1- with the hook from the door lock -2- in di‐
– Remove the cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow c- from the
door lock -2-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the removed cables -4 and 5- on the door lock -1-.

rrectness of i
– Install the cover. Refer to ⇒ page 182 .

l purpos
– Install the door lock -1- in the door -arrow-.

nform
ercia
– Connect the connector.

m

at
om
ion
c
– Install the cap -3-.

in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Cover, Installing C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Push the cover -1- onto the bracket -3- on the door lock -2- in
l purpos
– Engage the hook -4- with the door lock -2- in direction of
-arrow b-.
nform
mercia
2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing

a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Note
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left window guide. Removing and installing the
n
t.
yi Co
op
right window guide is identical. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Do not bend the window guide when removing it.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the inner window shaft strip. Refer to

⇒ “2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”,
page 187 .
page 186 .
– Remove the rear door window. Refer to
page 387 .
– Roll the sealing lip on the window guide -1- off of the door
flange -2- from the inside in direction of -arrow e-.
– Remove the window guide -1- from the door mounts in direc‐
tion of -c arrows-.
– Remove the window guide from the front sheet metal flange
in direction of -a arrows- and pull it out of the retainer in direc‐
tion of -arrow b- in the transition area.
– Remove the window guide -1- evenly all around in direction of
-d arrows- from the door flange -2-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Spray the window guide with soapy water to make it easier to

l purpos
install.
– Push the window guide -1- into the door mounts in direction of
nform
ercia
-a and b arrows-.
m
– Push the window guide on the front flange in the retainer in

a
com
tio
direction of -arrow d- and install on the sheet metal flange in

n in
r
direction of -e arrows-.
te o
thi
s
iva
do
– Attach the window guide -1- forward moving along the door
r
rp
cum
flange -2- in direction of -c arrows-.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Pull the sealing lip on the window guide onto the door flange
Cop py
in direction of -arrow f- from the inside.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Make sure the window guide -1- fits evenly when installing it (wind noises).

2.15 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing
Note
♦ The outer window shaft strip has a metal insert in the center.
♦ If it gets bent, the outer window shaft strip can longer be straightened out again. It will remain “wavy”.
♦ Therefore the outer window shaft strip must be removed and installed evenly without bending it.
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left outer window shaft strip. Removing and
installing the right window shaft strip is identical.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
nform
ercia
– Remove the outer window shaft strip -1- evenly from the door
m
flange -2- in direction of -a arrows-. Do not bend the strip while

at
om
io
doing so.
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
186
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.58 - Rear Doors
Installing
Note
♦ It is permissible to use assembly aids.

♦ Do not use any striking tools to install the outer window shaft strip.
– Align the outer window shaft strip -1- on the B-pillar and push
it evenly by hand onto the door flange -2-.
2.16 Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing

lkswage es n
ot g
Noted by Vo ua
ran
ir se tee
ho
Thesfollowing
au
t
describes the removal and installation ofor athec left inner window shaft strip. Removing and installing
the right window shaft strip is identical.
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Removing and Installing . . Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
– Lift the inner windowy Vshaft
olks strip -1- evenly off of the
s no
tflange
gu
-2- without bending
ise
d b it. ara
n r tee
ho
Installing aut or
ac
ss
– Attach the inner window shaft strip -1- and push it evenly in
ce
le
un
pt
direction of -a arrows- onto the rear door flange -2- by hand.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.17 Outer Cover, Removing and Installing
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note
spec
t to the co
Removal and installation is described only for the left outer cover. Removing and installing right outer cover is
identical.
rrectne
Removing
s
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
page 170 .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
d by
V
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf gu Variant 2015 ➤
ara
e nte
horis Body Exterior - Edition
e o 02.2016
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the outer exterior cover retaining tabs -1- alternating

from side to side with a screwdriver and at the same time re‐
move the outer exterior cover -1- upward from the door -3-.
– Loosen the inner exterior cover adhesive strip -2- from the
door -3- and remove the inner exterior cover -2- upward from
the door, pay attention to the wires while doing so.
Installing

en A02.2016
G. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check the inner exterior cover -2- and outer exterior cover
-1- for damage. and if necessary replace.
– Replace the two-sided adhesive tape on the inner exterior
cover -2-.
– Remove the protective film from the two-sided adhesive tape
on the inner exterior cover -2-.
– Push the inner exterior cover -2- until stop in the door -3-, while
doing so pay attention to the wiring guide.
– Push the inner exterior cover -2- with force against the door
inner panel.
– Push the outer exterior door cover -1- until stop in the door and
while doing so engage with the inner exterior cover -2-.
– Install the door inner cover. Refer to
page 170 .

3 Special Tools

equipment required
3320-
♦ Door Adjusting Wrench -
Joint - 3320/1-
Box Wrench - 3320/2-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting - Volksw not
gu
y
Box Wrench - 3320/3- d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 aut ra
c
5-50Nm - VAG1331- ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket -
an
itte
y li
3410-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
3371-
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Trim Removal Wedge -
spec
3409-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
byV gu
ara
rised
nte Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
60 – Sunroof
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1 Sunroof
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.1 Characteristics - Sliding Sunroof, Sedan”, page 193
hole
spec
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Sunroof”, page 194
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade”, page 201
⇒ “1.4 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing”, page 203
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.5 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing”, page 215
l purpos
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 223
nf
ercia
⇒ “1.7 Rear Sunroof Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 237
orm
m
⇒ “1.8 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 241
atio
om
n in
c
⇒ “1.9 Rear Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 244

or
thi
te
sd
a
⇒ “1.10 Height Adjustment, Checking”, page 245

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
⇒ “1.11 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing”, page
f
en
ng
t.
yi
246
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing”, rig ht
py by
Vo
page 254
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and
Installing”, page 261
⇒ “1.14 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 272
⇒ “1.15 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing”, page 273
⇒ “1.16 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing”, page 279
⇒ “1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”,
page 297
⇒ “1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming”, page
298
⇒ “1.19 Operating without Electricity”, page 299
1.1 Characteristics - Sliding Sunroof, Sedan
Caution
A visual inspection when the sliding sunroof is open on the

vehicle is essential to order the correct replacement part.
Vehicles through 11/2014

1 - Shade Stop Buffer
2 - Guide Rail
1. Sunroof 193
Vehicles from 11/2014 through 02/2015

1 - Shade Stop Buffer with Reinforcement -arrow-
2 - Guide Rail
Vehicles from 03/2015

1 - Shade Stop Buffer
2 - Guide Rail
1.2 Overview - Sunroof AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Sunroof, Sedan through 02/2015”, by
Vol not
gu
page 194 rised ara
nte
ho eo
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Sunroof, Sedan from 03/2015”, pageaut 197 ra
ss c
ce
le
⇒ “1.2.3 Overview - Sunroof, Wagon”, page 199

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
1.2.1 Overview - Sunroof, Sedan through 02/2015
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
194 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof

1 - Panorama Sunroof Glass

Panel (One-Piece Safety
Glass)
❑ Glass panel, removing.
Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Re‐
page 223 .
❑ Glass panel, removing,
defective drive motor.
Refer to
⇒ “1.6.3 Glass Panel,
Removing, Defective
Drive Motor, Sedan
through 02/2015”,
page 232 .
❑ Glass panel, adjusting.
Refer to n AG. Volkswagen AG do
⇒ “1.8.1 Glass Panel, lkswage es n
o ot g
Adjusting, Sedan”, page byV ua
d ran
241 . ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
2 - Bolt ss
ce
le
un
❑ 5.5 Nm
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Replace after removing
rm
ab
pe
❑ Microencapsulated
ility
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Quantity: 6
h re
hole
3 - Sunroof Frame Seal
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.15.1 Sunroof
Frame Seal, Removing
rrectness of i
and Installing, Sedan”,
page 273 .
l purpos
4 - Sunroof Shade
nform
ercia

ling. Refer to
m
a
com
t
⇒ “1.16.1 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing, Sedan through 02/2015”, page 279 .
ion in
r
te o
5 - Sunroof Frame thi

s
iva
do
❑ Sunroof frame, removing and installing. Refer to

r
rp
cum
⇒ “1.4.1 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 203 .

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ If necessary, use only special Grease - G 060 751 A2- to grease the guide channels, otherwise the
Co
op py
function cannot be guaranteed. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
6 - Bolt
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ 4 Nm
AG.
❑ For the sunroof motor

❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
8 - Power Sunroof Control Module - J245-
❑ Control module, removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.13.1 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing, Sedan through 02/2015”, page
261 .
❑ Control module, adapting. Refer to
⇒ “1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”, page 297 .
1. Sunroof 195
9 - Screw
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ For the cover
❑ Quantity: 5
10 - Cover
❑ For the slotted guide rail
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to
261 .
11 - Screw
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Microencapsulated AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Quantity: 13 olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed
12 - Slotted Guide ho Rail Guide
ris nte
eo
ut ra
❑ With tilting
ss a mechanism and cables c
ce
le
❑ Forms one component with the mounting carrier, sun shade and control module
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
⇒ “1.11 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 246 .
ab
ility
ot p
13 - Wind Deflector
wit
is n
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing”, page 215 . h re
ole,
spec
14 - Screw
t to the co
❑ 2 Nm
❑ For the wind deflector
rrectne
❑ Quantity: 2
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2.2 Overview - Sunroof, Sedan from 03/2015
1 - Panorama Tilting Sunroof

Glass Panel (One-Piece Safe‐
ty Glass)
❑ Glass Panel, Removing.
Refer to
⇒ “1.6.2 Glass Panel,
ling, Sedan from
03/2015”, pagesw227 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen. oes
olk not
❑ Glass Panel, d by V Adjusting. gu
ara
Refer ise
rto nte
ho eo
⇒ “1.8.1
ut Glass Panel, ra
sa c
Adjusting, Sedan”, page
s
ce
le
241 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2 - Sunroof Frame Seal
rm
ab
pe
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ility
ot
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Frame Seal, Removing
spec
and Installing, Sedan”,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 273 .
3 - Sunroof Frame
rrectness of i
❑ Sunroof Frame, Remov‐
ing and Installing. Refer
l purpos
to
⇒ “1.4.1 Sunroof Frame,
nform
ercia
ling, Sedan”,
m
page 203 .
a
com
tion in
❑ If necessary, use only

r
te o
thi
Special Grease - G 060

s
iva
751 A2- to grease the

do
r
rp
guide channels, other‐

um
fo
en
g
wise the function cannot

n
t.
yi Co
be guaranteed. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
4 - Cover p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ For the slotted guide rail
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.13.2 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing, Sedan from 03/2015”,
page 265 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
❑ For the cover
❑ Quantity: 3
6 - Sunroof Shade
⇒ “1.16.2 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing, Sedan from 03/2015”, page 288 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Control Module, Removing and Installing. Refer to
261 .
1. Sunroof 197
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Golf 2015 ➤ri,seGolf Variant 2015 ➤
d b ara
nte
Body Exterior
autho
- Edition 02.2016 eo
ra
ss c
❑ Control Module, Adapting. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”, page 297 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
9 - Slotted Guide Rail Guide
ab
pe
ility
❑ With tilting mechanism and cables
ot
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Forms one component with the mounting carrier, sun shade and control module
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.11 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 246 .
t to the co
10 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ Micro-encapsulated
l purpos

❑ Quantity: 24
nform
ercia
11 - Rail
m
a
com
ti
❑ Lifter component
on in
r
te o
❑ To secure the glass panel to the slotted guide rail guide
thi
s
iva
do
12 - Wind Deflector
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.5.2 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing, Sedan from 03/2015”, page 217 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
13 - Bolt
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
❑ 5.5 Nm Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Micro-encapsulated
❑ Quantity: 10

1.2.3 Overview - Sunroof, Wagon
1 - Rear Sunroof Panel

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Rear Sunroof
Panel, Removing and
⇒ “1.9 Rear Glass Pan‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
el, Adjusting”, agen oes
olksw not
page 244 . d by V gu
ara
rise nte
2 - Bolt utho eo
ra
a c
❑ 7 Nm ss
ce
e
nl
❑ Quantity: 6
pt
du
an
itte
y li
3 - Seal
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ For rear glass panel
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling. Refer to
spec
⇒ “1.15.4 Glass Panel
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Seal, Removing and In‐
stalling, Wagon”,
page 278 .
rrectness of i
4 - Wire
l purpos
5 - Inner Seal
❑ Installed on the assem‐
nf
ercia
bly frame
orm
m
atio
6 - Rear Lid Part
om
n in
or c
7 - Roof Shade Control Module
thi
e
- J394-
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
ling. Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi Co
⇒ “1.14 Roof Shade Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
ling”, page 272 . Prote
cted AG.
agen
❑ Initialization. Refer to ⇒ “1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming”, page 298 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ For securing the motors
❑ 3 per motor
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ To secure the sunroof frame
❑ Quantity: 18
10 - Sunroof Frame
⇒ “1.4.2 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 212 .
11 - Cable
❑ For the sunroof shade
1. Sunroof 199
12 - Bow
13 - Sunroof Shade
⇒ “1.16.3 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 292 .
14 - Tilting Mechanism
❑ For front glass panel, with control cables
15 - Supporting Bracket
16 - Tension Spring
17 - Wind Deflector
⇒ “1.5.3 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 219 .
⇒ “1.13.3 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 269 .
❑ Initialization. Refer to ⇒ “1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming”, page 297 .
19 - Connectors
20 - Trim
21 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm
❑ Quantity: 8 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
22 - Sunroof Panel by
Vol not
gu
ara
e d
❑ Removing and horis installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.6.4 Glass Panel, nteRemoving and Installing,
eo Wagon”, page 233 .
ut
❑ Adjusting.ss a Refer to ⇒ “1.8.2 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Wagon”, ra
c page 243 .
ce
le
23 - Outer Seal
un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
⇒ “1.15.3 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 276 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade

⇒ “1.3.1 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan through 02/2015”,
page 201
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan from 03/2015”,
page 202
⇒ “1.3.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Wagon”, page 203
1.3.1 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan through 02/2015
1 - Sunroof Shade
ling. Refer to
Shade, Removing and
Installing, Sedan
through 02/2015”,
page 279 .
2 - Mount
fabric
3 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
4 - Tension Wire
❑ For attaching the mate‐
rial in the tension bow
5 - Drive Plate
6 - Slider lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
7 - Tension Bow ir se
d ran
tee
ho
❑ Removing and instal‐ aut or
ac
ling. Refer to ss
ce
le
⇒ page 286 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
8 - Handle
erm
ab
ility
ot p
9 - Screw
wit
is n
❑ 1 Nm
h re
ole,
spec
❑ For the handle

❑ Quantity: 2
t to the co
10 - Slider
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 201
1.3.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan from 03/2015
1 - O-Ring
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Note the position
2 - Sunroof Shade
❑ With tension wire for at‐
taching the material to
the tension bow
ling. Refer to
Shade, Removing and
Installing, Sedan from
03/2015”, page 288 .
3 - Steel Band Carrier
fabric
4 - Slider Lower Section
❑ Attached to the steel
band carrier
5 - Slider Upper Section
6 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Tension Bow
ling. Refer to
⇒ page 291 .
8 - Clip AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ Quantity: 1 olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
9 - Handle orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
10 - Bolt ss a c
ce
e
❑ 1 Nm
nl
pt
du
an
itte
❑ For the handle

y li
erm
ab
❑ Quantity: 2
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
11 - Stop Buffer
h re
hole
❑ For shade
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
202
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof
agen
Prote AG.
1.3.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Wagon
1 - Sunroof Shade
❑ Removing and instal‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ling. Refer to lkswage es n
o ot g
⇒ “1.16.3 Sunroof d byV ua
ran
Shade, Removing and ir se tee
ho
Installing, Wagon”, aut or
ac
page 292 . ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
2 - Mount
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
fabric
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Bolt
h re
hole
❑ 2 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Quantity: 2
t to the co
4 - Drive Plate
rrectness of i
5 - Tension Bow
l purpos
6 - Sunroof Frame
ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.4.2 Sunroof Frame,

m
at
om
io
ling, Wagon”,
n
c
in t
r
page 212 .
o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.4 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “1.4.1 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
page 203
⇒ “1.4.2 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page
212
1.4.1 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Blade, L-shaped, 19 mm - VAG 561/21-
1. Sunroof 203
Caution

vehicle is essential to order the correct replacement part. Refer
to ⇒ “1.1 Characteristics - Sliding Sunroof, Sedan”, page 193

♦ Bolts - Panorama Sunroof Glass Panel
G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
♦ Bolts - Slotted Guide Rail
y VGuide
olks ot g
ua
b
ed ran
Materials thoris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
Note
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
For material part numbers. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Two-part window adhesive 1) 2) 3)
h re
ole,
spec
♦ Activator 1)
t to the co
♦ Glass/Paint primer 1)
♦ Cleaning Solution 1)
rrectne
♦ Applicator 1)
♦ Adhesive remover 1) ss o
cial p
f inform
♦ Cutting Wire
mer
atio
m
1) Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
2)
e
Note the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 208 .

t
sd
iva
o
pr
3)
To apply this material, the Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
um
r
fo
en
ng
must be used.
t.
yi Co
op py
Removing
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the glass panel. Refer to

⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 223 .
– Remove the headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the front trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 254 .
– Tape off the roof pillar and roof edge -3- to protect the paint
from damage.
– Pierce and cut through the rear adhesive bead -2- using the
Window Cutter - VAG1561A- with the Window Cutter - L Blade
(2 pc.) - VAG1561/22- .
Note
In the center rear there is a plastic alignment pin.
– Guide the cutting wire -2- under the sunroof frame -3-.
1. Sunroof 205
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
To do so, the needle -1- from the Window Removing Kit -

form
mer
VAG1755- can be used to help.

atio
m
– Secure the each cord end with a handle from the Window Re‐
o
n
c
i
or
moving Kit - VAG1755- .

thi
te
sd
va
A second technician is required for detaching the adhesive bead

i
o
pr
cum
r
-2-.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– One person pulls outward and the other pulls inward.

nform
mercia
at
Note
om
ion
c
in t
or
♦ There are three adhesive beads on the front roof crossmember that require more force.
his
ate
do
riv
♦ Guide the cord close to the sunroof frame, so that it is not cut by the surrounding edge.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Cut the adhesive bead -2- starting at the back -arrow a- until C py
t. rig
over the center of the from roof crossmember. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Place the cord on the other side. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Cut the adhesive bead again starting at the back -arrow b- up

to the front roof crossmember.
– Remove the sunroof frame -3-.
Note
♦ The exact location of the adhesive beads is to be transferred from the removed sunroof frames to the new
frames.
♦ Also, the location of the adhesive beads on the sheet metal flange is to be transferred if a new roof is installed.
1. Sunroof 207
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ auth or
ac
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
Minimum Curing Time
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
WARNING
spec
There are special requirements for replacing the bonded sun‐
t to the co
roof frame. This includes, for example, a newly bonded sunroof
frame is safe for vehicle operation also in case of an accident
after a specified minimum curing time.
rrectne
The vehicle is operationally ready only after the minimum cur‐
s
ing time has elapsed.
s o
cial p
f i
Observe the minimum curing time.
nform
mer
atio
om
n
The minimum curing time for the Two-Part Window Adhesive is
c
i
or
n
two hours.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Minimum curing time means the time from when it is bonded to

p
cum
r
fo
when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle
en
ng
t.
must be on a level surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C
yi Co
op py
(59 °F)). t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Body Flange, Preparing for Adhesion
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Cut back the remaining material on the body flange using the
Window Cutter - U Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/3- , do not remove
all residue under any circumstance.
Note
The remaining material serves as a base for the new adhesive

sealant being applied. Keep the adhesive surfaces free of dirt and
grease.
WARNING
Activator must not come into contact with the paint or the paint
will be damaged.
Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after the cut‐

ting back procedure, the remaining material must be activated
using the activator.
♦ If the body flange is being repaired or partially replaced, the
corresponding area must be cleaned and primed again before
painting.
Installation Instructions

– Apply the adhesive all around at a right angle to the frame.
WARNING
The frame must be inserted within 10 minutes or the window

adhesive will not adhere properly.
Do not apply the adhesive bead too thickly and do not press
the frame too firmly onto the body flange.
♦ Insert the frame into the opening, center it, and press it onto
the spacer.
Paint Damage, Repairing
If there is paint damage, recreate the paint structure according to
guidelines in the “Paint” repair manual.
Adhesive Residue, Cleaning
– Adhesive Remover is the recommended cleaning solution.
Follow all safety precautions.
WARNING
When cleaning from vehicle interior out, the sunroof frame that
was just installed must not be pressed outward.
– Clean the painted surface with a dry cloth. Remove any re‐
maining dirt using the adhesive remover.
– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive harden for approxi‐
mately one hour and then peel it off.
swage es n
Note byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
♦ The front trim is already attached
auth to the new sunroof frame. or
ac
ss
♦ For a frame that is being used again, the residual material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be applied.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Cut back the remaining adhesive to 1 mm shortly before re-adhering. While doing so, do not damage the
itte
y li
primer coating.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
WARNING
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive bead.

Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.
rrectness of i
Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after the cut‐

l purpos
ting back procedure, the remaining material must be activated

using the activator.
nform
ercia
Working on New Frame:

m
at
– Clean all around the adhesive surface -2- with the cleaning
om
ion
solution.
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 209
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply the glass/paint primer evenly in a single stroke using the

applicator.
– The drying time for the glass/paint primer is 10 minutes.
Working on All Frames:
– Install the glass panel -1- in the frame -4-.
– Check the height stop numbers -3-.
– Apply the two-part window adhesive.
Adhesive bead width -5-: 12 mm.
Adhesive bead height -5-: 10 mm.
WARNING
After applying the adhesive, the frame must be inserted within

10 minutes or the adhesive will not adhere properly.

Note
To install the sunroof frame, the glass panel -1- must first be installed.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Insert the frame with the glass panel into the roof opening. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
New Frame
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– The alignment pin -2- centers the frame in the opening.
– Push the frame down to the stops. Then check the height ad‐
justment to the roof. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 241 .
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 208 .
Existing Frame
– Since the alignment pin is no longer present, the frame is cen‐
tered in the roof opening -3-.
– Push the frame down to the stops. Then check the height ad‐
justment to the roof. Refer to
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 208 .
1. Sunroof 211
1.4.2 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Wagon
Note
At least two technicians are needed for removing and installing

the assembly frame.
Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– If installed, remove the left and right bolts -9- and remove the
bracket for the screen separator -8-.
– Remove the left and right bolts -6- and the bracket for the
screen separator -5-.

– Remove the left and right nuts -4- and the bracket for the grab
handle -7-.
– Remove the left and right nuts -4- and the bracket for the rear
grab handle -3-.
– Bend down the left and right bracket -2- at the airbag mount
-1- -arrow-.
– Disconnect the water drain hoses from the outlet tubes.
– Disconnect the harness connector to the wiring harness on the
sunroof motor.
– Remove the bolts -2- except for the right and left center bolts.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The frame must now be held by 2 technicians.
– Now remove the remaining bolts.

– Lift the frame -1- out of the vehicle.
Installing
1. Sunroof 213
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 tho ris
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the frame -1- with two technicians into the vehicle.
– Align the frame -1- using two cylindrical pins (8 mm reversed
drill bit) to the front and rear centering holes -arrows- with re‐
spect to the roof when installing.
– Screw in but do not tighten the bolts -2-.
– Connect all water drain hoses -3-.
– Tighten the bolts labeled with numbers in the indicated order
-1 to 9-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Tighten the remaining bolts -arrows- in any order.

, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.2.3 Overview - Sunroof, Wagon”, page 199

rrectness of i
1.5 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing

l purpos
⇒ “1.5.1 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing, Sedan through

02/2015”, page 215
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.5.2 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing, Sedan from

m
03/2015”, page 217

at
om
ion
c
⇒ “1.5.3 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page

in t
or
his
219
ate
do
priv
1.5.1 Wind Deflector, Removing and Instal‐

um
for
en
ng
ling, Sedan through 02/2015

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 215
Caution

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Open the glass panel completely.

– Release the tension on the wind deflector -2- in direction of
ss o
-arrows a- and keep it pressed.

cial p
f inform
– Remove the weather strip -3- from the sunroof frame in direc‐
mer
tion of -arrow b-.

atio
om
n
c
– Remove the left and right screws -4-.

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the wind deflector from the sunroof frame in direction

iv
o
pr
of -arrow c-.
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
Installing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the wind deflector into the sunroof frame.
– Tighten the left and right screws -4-.
– Release the tension on the wind deflector -2- in direction of
-arrows a- and keep it pressed.
– Press the weather strip -3- into the sunroof frame.

ling, Sedan from 03/2015
Caution

Removing
1. Sunroof 217
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Open the glass panel all the way.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– In the lower section of the wind deflector screen frame -1-,
release the mounting tabs -3- using a flat-head screwdriver
-4- -arrow-.
– Loosen the wind deflector screen frame -1- from the sunroof
frame -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the mounting tabs -A- for the wind deflector -1- on both
sides using a flat-head screwdriver.
– Release the wind deflector -1- towards the vehicle rear -B-.
– Remove the wind deflector upward from the sunroof frame
-2-.
Installing
when installing:

ling, Wagon
Removing
1. Sunroof 219
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
– Open the front glass panel all the way. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
– Disengage the tension spring -2- in direction of -arrow A-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Slide the wind deflector frame -1- with the support bracket
itte
y li
-3- forward in direction of -arrow B- and take it out of the guide.

rm
ab
pe
ility
– Release all hooks -4- (quantity: 15) in direction of -arrow-.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
220
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by Golf 2015 ➤ara,nGolf Variant 2015 ➤
ise
r tee
ut
ho Body Exterior or- Edition 02.2016
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the wind deflector -1- completely with the net -2- and frame
-3- out of the mount.
Installing
1. Sunroof 221
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
– Press the wind deflector -1- frame -3- into the mount -arrow-.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– All hooks -4- (quantity: 15) must lock.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Set the wind deflector frame -1- with the support bracket -3-
wit
is n
into the guide and slide toward the rear in direction of

h re
-arrow B-.
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AGolf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
agen G do
Body
es n Exterior - Edition 02.2016
olksw ot g
yV ua
edb ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Engage the tension spring -2- in direction of -arrow A-.
1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing

⇒ “1.6.1 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing, Sedan through
02/2015”, page 223
⇒ “1.6.2 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing, Sedan from
03/2015”, page 227
⇒ “1.6.3 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive Motor, Sedan
through 02/2015”, page 232
⇒ “1.6.4 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 233
1.6.1 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing,

Sedan through 02/2015
1. Sunroof 223
Caution

Mandatory Replacement Parts AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
ksw
♦ Bolts - Panorama Sunroof Glass Panel by Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
♦ Bolts - Roof to Slotted Guide Rail Guidethor eo
au ra
c
Removing ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Note
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ The headliner is not shown in the illustration for a better view.
, is n
h re
hole
♦ The headliner is not removed.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Open the sun shade all the way.

– Contrary to -arrow a- push the trim -1- slightly to the rear.
– Remove the trim -1- from the sunroof frame -2- -arrow b-.
– Open the Panorama sunroof glass panel 150 mm
-dimension a-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the rear bolts -2-.

– Loosen the center left and right bolts -4-, but do not remove.
– Remove the left and right front bolt -3-.
– Remove the glass panel -1- upward.
Note
Close the mechanism with the button in order to avoid damage during further work.
1. Sunroof 225
Installing
Note
Screws are microencapsulated and must always be replaced after removing.
– Open the mechanism 150 mm -dimension a- with the button.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Position the glass panel -1- on the tilting mechanism.

ss
– Only lightly tighten the left and right screws -2, 3, and 4-.
o
cial p
f inform
– Adjust the Panorama sunroof glass panel (height adjustment).

mer
Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 241 .

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Note
t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
Tighten the screws -2, 3 and 4- after the panel height adjustment.
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ The headliner is not shown in the illustration for a better view.

– Insert the trim -1- into the sunroof frame -2- in direction of
-arrow a-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the trim -1- slightly toward the rear in direction of

-arrow b-.

Sedan from 03/2015
1. Sunroof 227
Caution

Removing
Note
♦ For clarity the headliner is not shown in the illustration..

♦ The bolts in the inner section are slightly covered by a rubber strip -2-.
♦ Do not damage the rubber strip -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Tilt the Panorama tilting sunroof glass panel open.
– Remove the center bolts on the inside -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Open the Panorama tilting sunroof glass panel -arrow A-.

l purpos
– Remove the rear bolts -arrow-.

nform
ercia
– Remove the inner front bolts on the left and right side
-arrow-.
m
a
com
tio
– Only loosen the outer front bolts on the left and right side
n in
r
-arrow-.
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Note
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
Note
Screws are microencapsulated and must always be replaced after removing.
1. Sunroof 229
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Open the mechanism with the button.

– Position the glass panel -1- on the tilting mechanism -2-.
– Only tighten the front and rear bolts -arrows- slightly.

AG. Volkswagen AG dBody Exterior - Edition
02.2016
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Tilt the Panorama tilting sunroof glass panel open.

– Only tighten the center bolts -arrows- on the left and right side
slightly.
– Adjust the Panorama tilting sunroof glass panel (height ad‐
justment). Refer to
Note
Tighten the bolts after the panel height adjustment.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Sunroof, Sedan from 03/2015”,
page 197
1. Sunroof 231
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
1.6.3 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive tho
ir se tee
or
Motor, Sedan through 02/2015 au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Bolts - Panorama Sunroof Glass Panel

♦ Bolts - Roof to Slotted Guide Rail Guide
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
– Contrary to -arrow a- push the trim -1- slightly to the rear.
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the trim -1- from the sunroof frame -2- in direction of
-arrow b-.


– Remove the front bolts -2- from the vehicle.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
– Loosen the center left and right bolts -4-, but do not remove.
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove the left and right rear screws -3-.

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
Note
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Wagon
Removing
1. Sunroof 233
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Open the glass panel -2- so that the trims -1- are accessible.
rrectne
– Push the trims -1- backward out of the vehicle interior in the
direction of -arrow-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
Note
atio
om
n
c
When removing the screws, use a magnetic tool so that the screws cannot fall into the panorama sunroof
i
or
n thi
mechanism.
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the seal -3- from the assembly frame.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the left and right screws -2- from the glass panel
-1-.
– Remove the glass panel upward -arrows-.
Installing
Note
♦ New screws are to be used when installing the glass panel.

♦ When installing the screws, use a magnetic tool so that the screws cannot fall into the panorama sunroof
guide.
– If necessary, move the tilting mechanism -3- on both sides so

that the markings -5- form one line -arrows b-.
1. Sunroof 235
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Insert the glass panel -1- from above in direction of
-a arrows- into the tilting mechanism -3-. Insert the screws
-2- but do not tighten.
rrectne
– Adjust the front glass panel. Refer to
s
⇒ “1.8.2 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Wagon”, page 243 .

s o
cial p
f i

nform
mer
– Install the trim -2- on the glass panel -1- and slide onto the
atio
m
fasteners.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage Body eExterior
s no - Edition 02.2016
o t gu
byV ara
ed
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– After completing all work, perform an adaptation of the sunroof

motor. Refer to
page 297 .
1.7 Rear Sunroof Panel, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
Note
When unscrewing the screws, use a magnetic tool so that the screws cannot fall into the panorama sunroof
guide.
1. Sunroof 237
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the left and right screws -2- from the glass panel
t to the co
-1-.
– Slide the rear glass panel -1- slightly under the front glass
rrectne
panel -3- in direction of -arrow a-.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Lift the rear glass panel -1- only in the rear area off of the roof
opening -2- in direction of -arrows b-.
rrectne
– Guide the rear glass panel -1- up at an angle in direction of

-arrow c- over the roof -2- and pull out from under the front
glass panel -3-.
ss o
cial p
Installing
inform
mer
atio
m
Note
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
♦ New screws are always to be used when installing the glass panel.
iva
o
pr
cum
r
♦ When installing the screws, use a magnetic tool so that the screws cannot fall into the panorama sliding
fo
en
ng
sunroof guide.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Insert the rear glass panel -1- from above at an angle under
Prote AG.
the front sunroof panel -3-.
1. Sunroof 239
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015ut ➤
ho eo
ra
a
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the rear glass panel -1- downward in the rear region into
the roof opening -2- and slide it back.
– Install but do not tighten the bolts -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Adjust the rear glass panel -1-. Refer to

⇒ “1.9 Rear Glass Panel, Adjusting”, page 244 .
– After the rear glass panel is adjusted, tighten the screws.
– After completing all work, perform an adaptation of the sunroof
motor. Refer to
page 297 .
1.8 Glass Panel, Adjusting

⇒ “1.8.1 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Sedan”, page 241
⇒ “1.8.2 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Wagon”, page 243
1.8.1 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Sedan

Glass Panel Height Adjustment
1. Sunroof 241
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Loosen the bolts for the glass panel.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Move the glass panel for the Panorama sunroof into the “open”
hole
spec
position.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Move the glass panel for the Panorama sunroof into the
“closed” position.
– Adjust the glass panel height at the front and rear on both sides
rrectness of i
as follows:
l purpos
Front Panel Adjustment:

-Dimension a- = 1 mm lower than the front trim -3-.
nform
ercia
– Push the inner seal aside.

m
a
com
tion in
– Tighten the front bolts.

r
te o
thi
Rear Panel Adjustment:

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
Dimension -b- = 1 mm higher than the roof contour -2-

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Tighten the center bolts. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Open the panel and tighten the rear bolts. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
♦ To achieve the best possible external appearance, make sure that the adjustment on the left and right sides
is performed evenly (symmetrically).
♦ The glass panel must not be higher than the roof in the front at any point or lower than the roof in the rear
at any point.
1.8.2 Glass Panel, Adjusting, Wagon
Note
♦ The glass panel height adjustment is to be performed after the glass panel has been closed out of sliding
position.
♦ The arrow points in the direction of travel.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the trim. Refer to C py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.6.4 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page
ht
pyri by
233 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 243

– Only loosen both front left and right screws -4- for the front
glass panel -2-.
– Adjust the front glass panel -3- according to the dimensions.
Refer to ⇒ page 245 .
– Install the trim. Refer to
233 .
– Install the seal -5- on the frame.
1.9 Rear Glass Panel, Adjusting
Note
The arrow points in the direction of travel.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Pull off the inner seal -5-. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by gu
ara Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ise nte
thor eo Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
au ra
ss c
– Loosen the bolts -4- from the rear glass panel -3-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Adjust the rear glass panel -3- according to the dimensions.
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Install the seal -5- on the frame.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.10 Height Adjustment, Checking
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ The front glass panel is only adjusted at the front edge and the rear glass panel only at the rear edge.
nform
ercia
♦ To achieve the best possible external appearance, make sure that the adjustment on the left and right sides
m
a
is performed evenly (symmetrically).
com
tion in
r
♦ The arrow points in the direction of travel.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Height Adjustment, Checking

– Use a depth gauge to check the adjustment of the front glass
panel -1- and the rear sunroof panel -2-.
1. Sunroof 245
. Volkswagen AG
swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by a
If the measured values odeviate
ris
e from the specified values, then therante
glass sunroof panel amust
uth be adjusted accordingly. eo
ra
ss c
1.11 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
and Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
⇒ “1.11.1 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing, Se‐
ot p
wit
dan through 02/2015”, page 246
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.11.2 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing and Installing, Se‐
spec
dan from 03/2015”, page 250
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.11.1 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing
and Installing, Sedan through 02/2015
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution

Note
♦ The guide rails and the mounting carrier form one unit.
♦ The cables and the tilting mechanism are integrated in this component and cannot be replaced individually.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Removing
h re
ole,
spec


t to the co

rrectne
– Mark the position -4- of the guide rails -1- on the sunroof frame
-3-.
ss o

cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 247
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Golf 2015 ➤ o,risGolf
e Variant 2015 ➤ nte
eo
h
Body Exterior
s aut
- Edition 02.2016 ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower the guide rails -1- at the rear -arrow a-.

– Remove the guide rails -1- from the sunroof frame -2-
-arrow b-.
Note
Do not twist and bend the guide rails and the mounting carrier because there is no brace installed in the front
area.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
Installing
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Install the guide rails -1- parallel in the sunroof frame -2-
en
ng
t.
yi
-arrow a-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Guide the rear guide rail -1- on the sunroof frame -arrow b-.yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 249
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install all bolts -2- and tighten lightly.

– Align the guide rails -1- according to the markings -4-.
1.11.2 Slotted Guide Rail Guide, Removing

and Installing, Sedan from 03/2015
Caution


Note
♦ The guide rails and the mounting carrier form one unit.
♦ The cables and the tilting mechanism are integrated in this component and cannot be replaced individually.
Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne

s

s o
cial p

inform
mer
– Loosen the connector in the area of the front interior lamp and
atio
loosen the wiring harness -2- on the side of the slotted guide
om
rail guide -1-.

c
i
or
n thi
te
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 251
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
Do not twist or bend the guide rails with the slotted guide rail guide, because there is no brace installed in the
front area.
– Lower the slotted guide rail guide with guide rails -1- at the rear
-arrow a-.
– Remove the slotted guide rail guide with guide rails -1- from
the sunroof frame -2- -arrow b-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Note
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Do not twist or bend the guide rails with the slotted guide rail guide, because there is no brace installed in the
front area.
– Install the slotted guide rail guide with guide rails -1- parallel
to the sunroof frame -2- -arrow a-.
– Guide the slotted guide rail guide with the rear guide rails -1-
on the sunroof frame -arrow b-.
1. Sunroof 253
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
– Install all bolts -arrows- and tighten lightly. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Align the slotted guide rail guide with the guide rails -1-.
– Tighten the bolts -arrows-.
Perform the rest of the installation in the reverse order of removal.
1.12 Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and In‐

stalling
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
♦ Window Cutter - Saw Blade - 83mm - VAG1561/26-
Caution


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Materials byV
o gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Note ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ One-part assembly adhesive 1) 2)
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Applicator 1)
♦ Adhesive remover 1)
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ Cutting Wire
1) Follow the manufacturer instructions supplied in the packaging.
nf
ercia
o
2)
r
Note the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 259 .
m
m
atio
m
Removing
o
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Note
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
♦ The front trim is destroyed when removed and cannot be reinstalled. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
♦ Tape off the roof pillar and roof edge to protect the paint from damage. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Starting at the distance -a- = 10 mm from the inner edge, apply
a mark over the entire length of the trim.
1. Sunroof 255
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
Due to the lack of clearance between the front trim and the
frame, set a stop depth of 5 mm.
– Cut off the front trim using the Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
and the Window Cutter - Saw Blade - 83mm - VAG1561/26-
along the markings from the back toward the front.
– Apply the markings with the distance -b- = 10 mm from the
front edge and with the distance -c- = 10 mm from the rear
edge outward.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Due to the lack of clearance between the front trim and the
frame, only cut up to 5 mm deep.
l purpos
nform
– Using the Window Cutter - VAG1561A- and the Window Cutter

ercia
- Saw Blade - 83mm - VAG1561/26- , cut off a strip at the

m
markings on the front and rear edge across the front trim.
com
tion in
– The adhesive beads for the trim are now accessible by re‐
r
te o
thi
moving the edges on the front trim.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Glue the windshield seal -6- firmly on the windshield.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 257
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Secure a handle -2- from the Window Removing Kit -
VAG1755- on each end of the cord -3-.
l purpos
A second technician is required for detaching the adhesive bead.
nform
mercia
a
Note
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
There are three adhesive beads on the front roof crossmember that require more force.
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
– Starting at the back in direction of -arrow a-, cut through the

en
ng
t.
adhesive bead up to the front roof crossmember.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– The cut part is separated in direction of -c arrows-. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Cut through the adhesive beads -4- on the roof crossmember cted agen
Prote AG.
from the front to the center.
– Place the cord on the other side.
– Starting at the back in direction of -arrow b-, cut through the
adhesive bead up to the front roof crossmember.
– The cut part is separated in direction of -c arrows-.
– Cut through the adhesive beads -4- on the roof crossmember
from the front to the center.

– Remove the front trim -5- from the sunroof frame -1-.
Note
The exact positions of the adhesive beads are to be transferred from the cut-out front trim to the new front trim.
Installing
Minimum Curing Time
WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
There are special requirements for replacing olksbonded front trim.
w oes
not
yV gu
This includes, for example, that a newly ed bonded trim piece is
b ara
nte
ris case of an accident after
safe for vehicle operation and alsothoin eo
a specified minimum curing time.
ss
au ra
c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Observe the minimum curing time.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
The minimum curing time for the one-part adhesive is three hours.
spec
Minimum curing time means the time from when it is bonded to
t to the co
when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time, the vehicle
must be on a level surface at room temperature (at least 15 °C
(59 °F)).
rrectne
ss
– Apply adhesive all around at a right angle to the front trim.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
WARNING
atio
om
n
c
Front trim must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise bond‐ i

or
n thi
e
ing properties of the assembly adhesive will be impaired.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
Do not apply adhesive bead too thickly and do not press the
um
r
fo
en
ng
front trim too firmly on to the sunroof frame.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Place the front trim in the opening, center it, and press it in up
co Vo
by lksw
cted
to spacer.
agen
Prote AG.

If there is paint damage, recreate the paint structure according to
guidelines in the “Paint” repair manual.
Adhesive Residue, Cleaning
– Adhesive remover is the recommended cleaning solution. Fol‐
low all safety precautions.
– Clean the painted surface with a dry cloth. Remove any re‐
maining dirt using the adhesive remover.
– Clean the plastic trim: let the adhesive harden for approxi‐
mately one hour and then peel it off.
1. Sunroof 259
WARNING
Only use the adhesive specified in the Parts Catalog, because agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
it is adapted for elasticity to the trim. Vol
ksw es n
ot g
y ua
db ran
The minimum curing time for safe vehicle operationhoris
ise three tee
hours. au
t or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Lightly sand the adhesive surface with fine sandpaper.
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Thoroughly clean around the adhesive surface -2- using the
pe
ility
ot
cleaning solution.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Apply the glass/paint primer evenly in a single stroke using the

applicator.
– The drying time for the glass/paint primer is 10 minutes.
– Apply one-part adhesive -2-.
Width of the adhesive bead -2-: 8 mm.
Height of the adhesive bead -2-: 12 mm.

wage es n
– Insert the trim into the roof opening and center it. SecureyV
olwith
ks ot g
ua
adhesive tape. ise
d b ran
r tee
ho
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒s apage
ut 259 . or
ac
s
ce
1.13 Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- ,
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing and Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.13.1 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Removing and
wit
, is n
Installing, Sedan through 02/2015”, page 261
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Installing, Sedan from 03/2015”, page 265
t to the co
Installing, Wagon”, page 269
rrectness of i
1.13.1 Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- ,
l purpos
Removing and Installing, Sedan through

02/2015
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
Caution
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Screws - Drive Motor to Panorama Sunroof
Removing
1. Sunroof 261
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the glass panel if the drive motor is defective. Refer

nform
to
ercia
⇒ “1.6.3 Glass Panel, Removing, Defective Drive Motor, Se‐

m
at
dan through 02/2015”, page 232 .

om
ion
c
in t
– Remove the self-adhesive insulation -3-.

or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
– Remove the cover -1- upward at an angle in direction of

en
ng
t.
yi
-arrows-.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
WARNING by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Only remove and install the Panorama sunroof glass panel

drive motor when the roof is closed (neutral position).
Requirements for removing and installing the drive motor: the
engine and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open
the door.
– Turn the engine and ignition off, remove the key and open the
door.

– Remove the screws -4- and remove the Panorama sunroof

drive motor -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Disconnect the connector -5- for the drive motor.

rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos
Note
nform
ercia
The screws for the drive motor are micro-encapsulated and must always be replaced.
m
a
com
tion in
r
– Connect the connector -5- to the drive motor -1-.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 263
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ed b ara
nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Make sure that the clip -2- is in the correct position.

– Install the drive motor -1- and tighten the screws -4-.
– After installing, the key can be reinserted into the lock cylinder
of the ignition/starter switch.
– Then perform function test.
– Push the cover -1- on the sunroof frame.

oes Body Exterior
- Edition 02.2016
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
olksw not
y V gu
edb ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Apply the self-adhesive insulation -3-.
– Install the glass panel. Refer to

Removing and Installing, Sedan from
03/2015
Caution

Removing
1. Sunroof 265
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co

– Remove the bolts -3- for the cover -1-.
rrectness of i
– Lift up the cover -1- and remove it from the slotted guide rail
l purpos
guide mounting points -2- at the rear -arrows-.

nf
ercia
WARNING
orm
m
atio
m
Only remove and install the Panorama tilting sunroof glass

o
n in
or c
panel drive motor when the roof is closed (neutral position).

thi
te
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
engine and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open
o
m
f
en
ng
the door.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen Body Exterior
oes
not
- Edition
02.2016
ol
byV gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn the engine and ignition off, remove the key and open the
door.
– Remove the bolts -2- and remove the Panorama roof tilting
sunroof drive motor -1- from the mount -4-.
– Disconnect the connector -5- for the drive motor.
Installing
Note
The bolts for the drive motor are micro-encapsulated and must always be replaced.
1. Sunroof 267
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
– Connect the connector -5- to the drive motor -1-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Check that the mount is seated correctly -4- in the slotted guide . C rig
ht ht
rail guide -3-.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
– Install the drive motor -1- and tighten the bolts -2-.
agen
Prote AG.
– After installing, the key can be reinserted into the lock cylinder
of the ignition/starter switch.
– Then perform a function test.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Install the cover -1-.

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co

rrectne

ss
Removing and Installing, Wagon

o
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
WARNING
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Only remove and install the Panorama sunroof glass panel

t.
yi Co
op
drive motor when the roof is closed (neutral position).
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
engine and the ignition must be off, remove the key and open cted agen
Prote AG.
the door.
Removing
1. Sunroof 269
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the front light and control unit. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Component Location Over‐
rrectness of i
view - Roof Trim Panel Lamps .
l purpos
– Lower the sunroof motor -1- slightly and tilt it out toward the nform
back.
mercia

a
com
tion in
Installing
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the sunroof motor -1- and tighten the bolts -2-.
– Install the connector -4-.
– Remove the front light and control unit. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Lamps; Component Location Over‐
view - Roof Trim Panel Lamps .
– After completing all work steps, perform an adaptation on the
sunroof motor. Refer to
page 297 .
1. Sunroof 271
1.14 Roof Shade Control Module - J394- , Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing and Installing
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Disconnect the harness connector -2- from the sun shade mo‐
tor -1-.
– Remove the sun shade motor -1-.
Installing
– Before installing the sun shade motor, the sun shade must be
aligned to be parallel.

– Measure and adjust the distance -dimension a- between the

shade arch -1- and the shade cartridge -2-.
– After completing all work steps, perform an adaptation on the
sun shade motor. Refer to
⇒ “1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming”,
page 298 .
Tightening Specification
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
1.15 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.15.1 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
h re
page 273
hole
spec
⇒ “1.15.2 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 275
⇒ “1.15.3 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 276
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.15.4 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
l purpos
page 278
nform
1.15.1 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and In‐

ercia
stalling, Sedan
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Caution
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
to ⇒ “1.1 Characteristics - Sliding Sunroof, Sedan”, page 193 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 273
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Removing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the seal -1- from the sunroof frame -2-. spec
Installing
t to the co
– Align the inner seal -1- with the vulcanized point to the curve
on the sunroof frame -3- -a arrows-.
rrectne
– The sealing lip -arrow b- must be aligned outward.

s
– Push the inner seal -1- evenly in the sunroof frame mount
s o
-2-.
cial p
f inform

mer
atio

om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.15.2 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan
Caution

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the glass panel.
– Remove the seal -2- from the glass panel -1-.
Installing
– Align the seal -2- at the outer edges of the glass panel -1-
-arrows-.
– Press the seal -2- into the mount on the glass panel -1-.
1. Sunroof 275
1.15.3 Sunroof Frame Seal, Removing and In‐

stalling, Wagon
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Special tools and workshop equipment required ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
♦ Roller - 3356- ised ara
nte
or eo
h
♦ Adhesive Strip Remover - VAS6349- s aut ra
c
s
Removing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the frame. Refer to

⇒ “1.4.2 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 212 .
– Remove the outer seal -1- with the adhesive surface -3- from
the roof -2-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove any adhesive residue with Adhesive Strip Remover -

VAS6349- .
nf
ercia
– The adhesion surface on the roof cutout must be free of dust

orm
and grease.
m
atio
om
– Clean the adhesive surface thoroughly with Cleaning Solution

n in
or c
- D 009 401 04- .

thi
te
sd
iva
– Wipe down the adhesive surfaces on the roof opening with the
r
rp
cu
o
supplied primer towel.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Observe the drying times for the supplied primer towel. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Center the new outer seal -1- and the joint -arrows- with re‐
py by
co Vo
by lksw
spect to the center of the rear roof opening. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Remove the protective film from the adhesive tape -3- and
press the seal onto the roof -2-.
– Press the outer seal on evenly to prevent any excess length.
– Using the Roller - 3356- , press the outer seal two times firmly
and evenly all the way around.
– Install the frame. Refer to
page 212 .
1. Sunroof 277
1.15.4 Glass Panel Seal, Removing and Installing, Wagon

Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
– Remove the rear glass panel. Refer to

f
en
g
⇒ “1.7 Rear Sunroof Panel, Removing and Installing”,

n
t.
yi Co
op
page 237 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the seal in the side area -4- from the rear glass panel cop Vo
by lksw
-1- to the side in direction of -arrow b-. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the seal in the front area -3- from the rear glass panel
-1- in an upward direction in direction of -arrow a-.
Installing
– The seal is sprayed with a soapy water solution to facilitate
installation in the mount.
– Press the seal in the front area -3- from above into the mount
of the glass panel -1-.
– Press the seal in the side area -4- into the mount of the glass
panel -1-.
– Install the rear glass panel. Refer to
page 237 .

1.16 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “1.16.1 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing, Sedan
through 02/2015”, page 279
⇒ “1.16.2 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing, Sedan from
03/2015”, page 288
AG . Volkswage
⇒ “1.16.3 Sunroof Shade, Removing and
agen Installing,n Wagon”,
AG do
es n page
lksw
292 by
Vo ot g
ua
ed ran
ris tee
1.16.1 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Instal‐
au
tho or
ac
ling, Sedan through 02/2015
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Caution
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 279
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Golf 2015
autho
➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ eo
ra
Body
s Exterior - Edition 02.2016
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

to
-arrows-.
– Remove the screws -3- and then remove the handle -4-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ If the sun shade is reused, make sure that the steel bands are not bent.
♦ If a steel band is bent, then a new sun shade must be installed.
– Lift the sun shade -1- left and right at the rear in direction of
-arrow a- and push evenly rearward in direction of -arrow b-,
the pull from the guide rails -2-.
1. Sunroof 281
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the slider -3- into the bow in direction of -arrow c- and
remove it from the guide in direction of -arrow d-.
– Remove the sun shade -1- from the sunroof frame.
When it is necessary for further work, the tension bow can be
removed from the sun shade. Refer to ⇒ page 286 .
Installing
Note
♦ When installing the sun shade, make sure that the steel bands are not bent.
– Install the right and left yoke -2- into the guide rails -3- in di‐
rection of -arrow a-.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Make sure the upper in direction of -arrow b- and lower in di‐
ce
e
nl
pt
rection of -arrow c- yokes are positioned correctly on the guide

du
an
itte
rail.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Push the slider -2- in the guide in direction of -a arrows-.

ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 283
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
– Make sure the slider is positioned correctly in the guideutrails.
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
284
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Install the handle -4- and tighten the screws -3-.

ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Push the cover -1- on the sunroof frame.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 285
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Apply the self-adhesive insulation -3-.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Install the glass panel. Refer to C py
ht. rig
⇒ “1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 223 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Tightening Specifications cted agen
Prote AG.
Tension Bow, Removing and Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Removing
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the sunroof shade. Refer to

ility
ot p
⇒ “1.16 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing”, page 279 .

wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the left and right slider -2- from the tension bow -4- in
hole
spec
direction of -a arrows-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the rail from the sunroof shade fabric -6- in direction
of -arrow b-.
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Sunroof 287
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the tension wire -5- in the sun shade material -6-.
rrectness of i
– Slide the tension bow -4- onto the sun shade material.
l purpos
– Push the slider -2- with the tension spring -3- into the tension
bow.
nform
ercia

m
at

om
ion
c
ling, Sedan from 03/2015

in t
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Caution p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -3- for the shade cover -1-.
– Lift up the cover -1- and remove from the slotted guide rail
guide mounting points -2- -arrows-.
– Remove the tension bow. Refer to ⇒ page 291
Note
♦ If the sun shade is reused, make sure that the steel bands are
not bent.
1. Sunroof 289
– Disconnect the steel-band carrier -3- from the slider lower

section -2- using a flat-head screwdriver.
– Remove the bolt -3- and remove wthe

agenrear stop buffer
AG. Volkswagen AG-2-.
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Open the sun shade carefully.
ed
by ara
is nte
or eo
– Remove the clip -3-a-arrow
ut
h A-. ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the sun shade -1- from the slotted guide rail guide
-2- on the right side -arrow B-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the sun shade -1- carefully from the slotted guide rail
guide -2- on the left side -arrow-.
– Move the sun shade -1- evenly toward the rear in order to pull
the material with the steel bands out of the guide rails.
– Remove the sun shade -1- from the sunroof frame.
Installing
Note
♦ When installing the sun shade, make sure that the steel bands
are not bent.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Install the right and left catches into the guide rails.Volksw oes
not
gu
by ara
ed
– Carefully slide the material with steel bands slightly
oris and evenly nte
eo
toward the front. aut
h
ra
ss c
– First lift the sun shade carefully into the slotted guide rail guide
ce
le
un
pt
on the left side then the right and secure with the clip.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Note
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Make sure the catch is positioned correctly in the guide rails.
spec
es, in part or in w
♦ Make sure the O-rings are in the correct position.
t to the co
– Push the slider lower section -2- back and secure with the
rrectness of i
catches -3-.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Mount the rear stop buffer and secure with the bolt -3-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the tension bow. Refer to ⇒ page 291 .
– Mount the slotted guide rail guide cover.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan from 03/2015”,
page 202
Tension Bow, Removing and Installing
Removing
1. Sunroof 291
– Lift up the bow -3- with the slider upper section -2-. wage
es n
lks ot g
Vo
– Remove the slider upper section in the direction of the d by ua
ran
-arrow-. ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lift up the bow -3- -arrow B-.
rrectness of i
– Remove the tension bow from the sunroof shade material -1-
-arrow A-.
l purpos
– The tension wire -2- stays in the sun shade material -1- during
this.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
io
– Slide the tension wire -2- into the sun shade material -1-.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
– Slide the tension bow -3- onto the sun shade material.
at
do
priv
c
– Slide the slider upper section into the tension bow and bolt it
um
for
en
to the slider lower section.
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Tightening Specifications t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Refer to
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.3.2 Overview - Sunroof Shade, Sedan from 03/2015”, Prote AG.
page 202

ling, Wagon
Note
♦ Using a commercially available hex socket head wrench, rotate shade motor into open direction to removal
position if the electrical system malfunctions.
♦ Ensure cleanliness when working on the sun shade material, parts may need to be covered. Wear gloves
if necessary.
Removing

Body Exterior- Edition 02.2016
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
db ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Move the sun shade to the fully open position.

– Remove the front glass panel. Refer to
233 .
– Remove the rear glass panel. Refer to
page 237 .
– Remove the sunroof frame. Refer to
page 212 .
– Press down the locking mechanism -3- in direction of
-arrow A-.
– Slide the bow -4- all the way to the side in direction of
-arrow B-.
– On the opposite side, slide the bow -4- toward the rear from
the sun shade glide -2- in direction of -arrow C-.
– If needed, remove the bow -4- completely from the sun shade
-1- to the side in direction of -arrow D-.
1. Sunroof 293
Note
In the following steps, make sure that the sun shade material is not damaged.
– Using a flat-head screwdriver, carefully lift the hook at the sun

shade glide.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the sun shade with the sun shade glide out of the
rrectness of i
guide toward the rear.

l purpos
– Repeat the work steps on the opposite side.

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the hook using a flat-head screwdriver -5- in direction

of -arrow a-.
– Slide the entire sun shade -1- with the left and right shade
mounts -2- out of the sunroof frame toward the rear in direction
of -arrow D- and upward in direction of -arrow E-.
– Lift the entire sun shade with the shade mounts out of the
sunroof frame in direction of -arrow B-.
Installing
Note
Do not lubricate the sun shade slide and cables.
– Insert the sun shade -1- complete with the left and right shade
frames -2- into the sunroof frame.
1. Sunroof 295
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Insert the sun shade -1- complete with the left and right shade
frames -2- into the sunroof frame.
rrectness of i
– Slide the shade frames into the guides and lock.

l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Check for ease of movement after installing the sun shade. Using a commercially available hex wrench, man‐ ht. rig
rig ht
ually turn the sun shade drive on the motor and make sure there are not creases or folds in the sun shade
py by
co Vo
by lksw
material. cted agen
Prote AG.
– After completing the work procedure, perform an adaptation

on the sun shade motor. Refer to
⇒ “1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming”,
page 298 .
1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- ,

Programming
Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- , Putting into Operation.
Refer to ⇒ page 298
1. Sunroof 297
swage es n
Sunroof Motor - V1- , Programming by Vo lk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
Note ss
ce
le
un
pt
♦ After installing the Sunroof Motor - V1- , a programming pro‐
an
d
itte
y li
cedure must be performed
rm
ab
pe
ility
♦ Risk of damaging sunroof components by moving the slotted
ot
wit
, is n
guide rail guide.
h re
hole
spec
♦ Only move the slotted guide rail guide with the glass panel
es, in part or in w
installed
t to the co
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
rrectness of i
– Switch the ignition on.
l purpos
– Select and start Diagnosis mode

– Select the Test plan tab.
nform
ercia
– Select the “Select individual text” button and the subsequent

m
a
com
t
tree structure.
ion in
r
te o
• Body
thi
s
iva
do
r
• Body, Assembly
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
• 01 – OBD-Capable Systems
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
• CA – Power Sunroof Control Module J245
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
• CA - Power Sunroof Control Module J245, Functions
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
• CA – Basic setting
• CA – J245 Sunroof, no basic setting
– Start the selected program and follow the instructions on the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester display.
Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- , Putting into Operation

If the Power Sunroof Control Module - J245- was replaced, it must
be put into operation after installation.
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Switch the ignition on.
– Select and start Diagnosis mode
– Select the Test plan tab.
1.18 Roof Shade Control Module - J394- ,

Programming
Note
♦ After a glass panel, a motor, or the tilting mechanism was re‐

placed, an adaptation must be performed.
♦ Pinch protection is switched off when performing an adapta‐
tion.
The ignition is switched on.

– Press the “close” button while holding in this position for the
entire adaptation process (approximately 20 seconds).
The sunroof shade closes completely.

1.19 Operating without Electricity

⇒ “1.19.1 Operating without Electricity, Sedan through 02/2015”,
page 299
⇒ “1.19.2 Operating without Electricity, Wagon”, page 300
1.19.1 Operating without Electricity, Sedan through 02/2015
Note
If there is a malfunction in the electrical system, the sunroof with the glass panel can be moved at the drive
motor using a commercially available hex wrench.
Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

to
1. Sunroof 299

-arrows-.
Note
More force will be needed to turn, since the drive motor it is not disengaged from the gear mechanism
– Guide the hex wrench into the drive motor -1- screw -3-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Close the glass panel slider and tilting mechanism by turning

t.
yi Co
op
the bolt -3-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.19.2 Operating without Electricity, Wagon cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ If there is a malfunction in the electrical system, the sunroof with the glass panel can be moved at the drive
motor using a commercially available hex wrench.
♦ More force will be needed to turn, since the drive motor it is not disengaged from the gear mechanism

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the headliner storage compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body

Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Headliner Storage Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Guide the hex wrench into the drive motor -1- screw -3-.
– Close the glass panel by turning the screw -3-.
1. Sunroof 301
2 Water Drain Hoses

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses”, page 302
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning”, page 303
⇒ “2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing”, page 306
2.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses

⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses, Sedan”, page 302
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Water Drain Hoses, Wagon”, page 303
2.1.1 Overview - Water Drain Hoses, Sedan
1 - Rear Water Drain Hose

❑ Left and right
❑ Cleaning. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Ho‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
ses, Cleaning”, byV
ol not
gu
ara
page 303 . rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Removing and instal‐ aut ra
c
ling. Refer to ss
ce
e
⇒ “2.3.1 Water Drain

nl
pt
du
an
Hoses, Removing and
itte
y li
Installing, Sedan”,
erm
ab
page 306 .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2 - Front Water Drain Hose
h re
hole
❑ Left and right

spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Ho‐ t to the co
ses, Cleaning”,
page 303 .
rrectness of i

l purpos
ling. Refer to
Hoses, Removing and
nform
ercia
Installing, Sedan”,
page 306 .
m
at
om
ion
3 - Clip
c
in t
or
his
te
4 - Connection
a
do
priv
❑ Quantity: 4, component
um
for
en
g
of the sunroof frame

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
5 - Rear Drain Grommet ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
6 - Front Drain Grommet by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.2 Overview - Water Drain Hoses, Wagon
1 - Front Water Drain Hose

❑ Left and right n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Cleaning. Refer to yV
olks ot g
ua
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Ho‐ ir se
d b ran
ses, Cleaning”, utho tee
or
page 303 . ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ling. Refer to
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Hoses, Removing and
ility
ot p
Installing, Wagon”,
wit
, is n
page 307 .
h re
hole
spec
2 - Rear Water Drain Hose
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Left and right
⇒ “2.2 Water Drain Ho‐
rrectness of i
ses, Cleaning”,
page 303 .
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia

Hoses, Removing and
m
at
om
Installing, Wagon”,
ion
c
page 307 .
in t
or
his
ate
3 - Front Drain Grommet
do
priv
cum
or
4 - Clip
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Quantity: 2 t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
5 - Clip yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Quantity: 6 cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - Rear Drain Grommet
2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning

⇒ “2.2.1 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning, Sedan”, page 303
⇒ “2.2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning, Wagon”, page 304
2.2.1 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning, Sedan

♦ Drain Snake - VAS6620-
2. Water Drain Hoses 303

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Front Water Drain Hose

rm
ab
pe
ility
The front water drain hoses -2- run into the A-pillars and end in
ot
wit
, is n
the plenum chamber.

h re
hole

spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 19 .
– Clean starting at the rear drain grommet -6- using the Drain
Snake - VAS6620- .
rrectness of i
Rear Water Drain Hose

l purpos
The rear water drain hoses -1- run into the C-pillars and end in
the rear outer floor panel.
nform
ercia
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to

m
a
com
ti

on in
r
te o
thi
– Clean starting from the rear drain grommet -5- using the Drain
s
iva
Snake - VAS6620- .
do
r
rp
cum
fo
2.2.2 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning, Wagon

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
♦ Drain Snake - VAS6620-
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Front Water Drain Hose s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
The front water drain hoses -1- run into the A-pillars and end in
an
itte
y li
the plenum chamber.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
page 19 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Snake - VAS6620- .
Rear Water Drain Hose
rrectness of i
The rear water drain hoses -2- run into the D-pillars and end in
l purpos
the rear outer floor panel.

– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “2.5.2 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,

or
page 341 .
m
m
atio
m
o
n in
or c
Snake - VAS6620- .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
2.3 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and In‐
h
aut ra
ss c
stalling
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
⇒ “2.3.1 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
y li
rm
ab
page 306
pe
ility
ot
wit
⇒ “2.3.2 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
, is n
h re
page 307
hole
spec
2.3.1 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing, Sedan
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Front Water Drain Hose, Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the A-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
– Pull the front water drain hose -2- from the clips and the drain
grommet -6-.
– Remove the front water drain hose -2- from the sunroof frame
connection -4- and remove the front water drain hose.

Rear Water Drain Hose, Removing

– Remove the C-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar Trim Panel,
– Luggage compartment side trim panel, removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.gen70
AG;. Luggage
VolkswagenCom‐
AG d
wa
partment Trim Panels; Luggage VCompartment Side Trim oes not g
olks
Panel, Removing and Installing
ed
by ua
ran
is tee
or
– Remove the headliner. Refer
au
th to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; or
ac
Roof Trim Panels; Headliner,
ss Removing and Installing .
ce
e
nl
pt
– Pull the rear water drain hose -1- from the clips -3- and the
du
an
itte
grommet -5-.
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Remove the rear water drain hose -1- from the sunroof frame
ot p
wit
connection -4- and remove the rear water drain hose.
, is n
h re
hole
2.3.2 Water Drain Hoses, Removing and Installing, Wagon
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ When replacing a water drain hose, the replacement part is cut to length at the unneeded drain grommet.
l purpos
♦ The sticker and protective film positions must be taken from the used part.
nform
ercia
Front Water Drain Hose, Removing

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the A-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Co
op py
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim Panel,
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Removing and Installing . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Prote AG.
– Remove the clips -4-.
– Remove the front water drain hose -1- with the drain grommet
-3-.
Rear Water Drain Hose, Removing
– Remove the D-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; D-Pillar Trim Panel,
– Luggage compartment side trim panel, removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Com‐
partment Trim Panels; Luggage Compartment Side Trim
Panel, Removing and Installing
– Remove the clips -5-.

– Remove the rear water drain hose -2- with the drain grommets
-6-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A- by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Window Cutter - L Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/22-
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Adhesive Strip Remover - VAS6349-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Drain Snake - VAS6620-by Vol not
gu
ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Roller - 3356-
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Window Cutter - Saw Blade - 83mm - VAG1561/26- Prote
cted AG.
agen

63 – Bumpers
1 Front Bumper
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 312
⇒ “1.2 Overview - Attachments”, page 313
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Impact Member”, page 316
⇒ “1.4 Overview - Guides”, page 317
⇒ “1.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 317
⇒ “1.6 Bumper Cover, Servicing”, page 320
⇒ “1.7 Parking Aid Bracket, Installing”, page 320
⇒ “1.8 Parallel Parking Assist Bracket, Installing”, page 324
G. Volkswagen AG d
1.1 Overview - Bumper Coverolkswagen A oes
not
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
Depending on model version, there are minor differences in the bumper cover.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1 - Bumper Cover
wit
is n
h re
❑ PP/EPDM material
ole,
spec

ling. Refer to
t to the co
ling”, page 317 .
rrectne
2 - Bolt ss
❑ 2 Nm
o
cial p
f i
❑ Left and right

nform
mer
❑ Pointing upward
atio
om
3 - Bolt
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ Attached to the wheel

p
cum
r
fo
housing liner
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Tightening specification . Cop py
-item 4-
ht rig
rig ht
by
⇒ Item 4 (page 445) . copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
4 - Bolt
AG.
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Attached to the lock car‐
312 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers

rier
1.2 Overview - Attachments

⇒ “1.2.1 Overview - Attachments, except GTI”, page 313
⇒ “1.2.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI”, page 314
1.2.1 Overview - Attachments, except GTI

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Depending on the model version, slight deviations
s aut for attachments must be considered. ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
1 - Support
erm
ab
ility
❑ For the headlamp wash‐
ot p
er system on the right
wit
, is n
h re
side
hole
spec
❑ Engaged in the front
es, in part or in w
bumper cover
t to the co
❑ To be removed only with
front bumper cover re‐
moved
rrectness of i
2 - Bumper Cover
l purpos
nf
ercia
or
ling. Refer to
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
ling”, page 317 .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
3 - Support
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
❑ For the headlamp wash‐ en

ng
t.
yi Co
er system on the left Cop py
side
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Engaged in the front
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
bumper cover
agen
Prote AG.

front bumper cover re‐
moved
4 - Fog Lamp Trim
❑ Left
❑ Pull forward out of the
retainer
tion.
5 - Left Cover
❑ Pull forward out of the retainers in the bumper cover; it is not necessary to remove the bumper cover.
6 - Spoiler Bracket
❑ To be removed only with front bumper cover removed
7 - Center Air Grille
1. Front Bumper 313

8 - License Plate Holder

❑ Not installed on all models and not in all markets.
9 - Clips
❑ Different quantity for attaching
wage
es ks not
Vol g
10 - Right Cover db
y ua
ran
rise te
❑ Pull forward out utho of the retainers in the bumper cover; it is note onecessary
ra to remove the bumper cover.
a c
❑ There are different
ss versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog for the allocation.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
11 - Fog Lamp Trim
an
itte
y li
❑ Right
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Pull forward out of the retainer
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.2.2 Overview - Attachments, GTI
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
Depending on the model version, slight deviations for attachments must be considered.
nform
mercia
at
om
1 - Support ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
er system on the right

do
priv
side
um
for
en
g
❑ Engaged in bumper
n
t.
yi Co
op
cover C py
t. rig
gh ht
❑ To be removed only with yri
p by
o Vo
by c
bumper cover removed
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 317 .
3 - Support
er system on the left
side
cover
4 - Spoiler Bracket
5 - Front Spoiler
❑ Left
6 - Center Air Grille

sions. Refer to the Parts Catalog for the allocation.

7 - Trim
❑ Left
8 - Left Cover
❑ To be removed only with bumper cover removed
❑ Not installed on all models and not in all markets.
10 - Clips
❑ Different quantity for attaching
11 - Trim
❑ Right
12 - Right Cover
13 - Frame
❑ For the sensor
14 - Front Spoiler
❑ Right
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 315

AG. Volkswagen AG d
1.3 Overview - Impact
Vol
Member
ksw
agen oes
not
y gu
db ara
rise nte
1 - Impact Member tho eo
au ra
c
ss
2 - Bolt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ 8 Nm
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
3 - Bolt
, is n
h re
❑ 55 Nm
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Foam Piece
❑ Self-adhesive
rrectness of i
❑ Not installed in all model
versions
l purpos
5 - Butyl Strips
nf
ercia
❑ Quantity: 3 with adhe‐
or
sive film
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.4 Overview - Guides

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1 - Side Guided by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Leftthoand right
r eo
au ra
c
2 - Boltss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ Tightening specifica‐
erm
ab
tion. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
94 ; Headlamp; Over‐
h re
hole
view - Headlamp .
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Nut
t to the co
❑ 2 Nm
rrectness of i
4 - Center Guide
l purpos
5 - Right Partition
❑ Clipped in the center
nf
ercia
o
guide -4-.
rm
m
atio
m
6 - Bolt
o
n in
or c
❑ 8 Nm thi
te
sd
a
❑ Quantity: 3
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
7 - Left Partition
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Clipped in the center Cop py
. rig
guide -4-.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing

Note
Depending on the model version, slight deviations of the front bumper cover must be considered when removing
and installing.
Removing
1. Front Bumper 317

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to

⇒ “1.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 396 .
nform
ercia
– Remove the bolts -2- in the wheel housing (pointing upward)

m
at
on the left and right sides.

om
ion
c
in t
– Remove the left and right bolts -3-.

or
his
ate
– Remove the bolts -4- from underneath.

do
priv
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi
cedure.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Pull the bumper cover -1- out of the guide catches on the left
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
and right sides of the fender in direction of -a arrows-.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the hooks in direction of -b arrows- from the lock car‐
rier.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- parallel from the vehicle in di‐
rection of -c arrows-.
– Disconnect the hose coupling for the washer fluid hoses
(where applicable). Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr.
92 ; Headlamp Washer System; Overview - Headlamp Wash‐
er System .
– Disconnect the connectors for the electrical components
(where applicable).

For notes and procedures regarding the parking aid. Refer to ⇒

Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parking Aid .
For notes and procedures regarding the parallel parking assis‐
tance. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Parallel
Parking Assist .
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
Installation is only possible with a second technician.

om
n in
c
– Connect the connectors of any components.

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
Note
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
When positioning the bumper cover, make sure that the front wheel housing liner is seated correctly.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Guide the bumper cover -1- parallel onto the lock carrier in
cted agen
Prote AG.
direction of -a arrows-, until the hooks engage.
– Push the bumper cover -1- into the side guides -5- on the left
and right of the fender until they engage in direction of
-arrow b-.
1. Front Bumper 319

– Pay attention to the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair;

Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Front Body .
1.6 Bumper Cover, Servicing
Note
If the bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible to

repair the plastic before installing a new cover.
Refer to ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, Body Collision

Repair ; Plastic Repair Methods for the description.
1.7 Parking Aid Bracket, Installing

♦ PDC Holder Tool Set - VAS6614B-
♦ Hand Cartridge Gun - VAS5155-
Materials
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Note d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
For material part numbers. Refer to the Parts
s aut Catalog. ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
♦ 2K plastic adhesive 1) 2)
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Plastic adhesive 1)
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Primer applicator 1)
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1)Follow the manufacturer's instructions provided in the packag‐
ing.
2) Note the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 323 .
rrectness of i
Bracket, Installing
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
ti
After the bumper cover is painted, install the brackets.

on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
The four markings for the bracket -1- are found on the inside of
fo
en
ng
the bumper cover.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
– Determine the central point -2-, if not already present.
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Drill the holes from the inside outward with the drill -3- supplied
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
in the tool kit.
AG.
– Position the hole stamper with the bolt head -1-, washer -2-
and counterholder -3- on the inside of the bumper cover -5-.
1. Front Bumper 321

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position the iron punch -4- almost up to the bumper cover.

– Push the iron punch -4- onto the bumper cover.
– Tighten the hole stamper -1-.
Note
The iron punch -4- must not rotate on the bumper cover paint.
– By turning at the bolt head -1-, the iron punch -4- is pulled
through the bumper cover material -5- -arrows-.
– Remove the hole stamper and stamp the next holes.
– Thoroughly clean the bumper cover and bracket with cleaning
solution.
Note
Approximately 1 cm of adhesive from the tip should not be applied.
– Lightly sand the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
clean it.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Very thinly apply the adhesive for plastic to the bumper cover
and bracket and let it set for 10 minutes.
nf
ercia
– Slide the bracket -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push it
or
through the bumper cover -6-.

m
m
atio
m
– Slide on the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled

o
n in
or c
nut -5-.
thi
te
sd
iva
– Slide on the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut
o
r
rp
cu
-2-, but do not tighten.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– All brackets are prepared up to this step. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note cted agen
Prote AG.
The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.
– Apply the adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the

knurled nut -2-.
– After the minimum curing time, remove all centering drifts.
Minimum Curing Time
Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing time before performing
any further work on the bumper cover and the brackets.
1. Front Bumper 323

The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐
ing this time.
G. Volkswagen AG d
1.8 Parallel Parking Assist Bracket, Instal‐ ksw
agen
A
oes
not
Vol
ling by gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
Special tools and workshop equipment required s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Thermal Clip Bonder Kit - VAS6872-
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ Thermal Clip Bonder Kit - Hand Set - VAS6872/1-
ot p
wit
♦ Thermal Clip Bonder Kit - Clip, M-shaped - VAS6872/3- , is n
h re
hole
spec
Bracket, Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
the bumper cover.


in the tool kit.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
1. Front Bumper 325

Note
♦ The spacer on the device must be set very precisely.

♦ If the setting is too low, then the bracket will not be secured
correctly.
♦ If the setting is too high, marks from the clips will accumulate
on the bumper cover.
♦ 4 clips are placed on each side. Refer to the image for the
positions.
♦ Attach 3 clips if the clips have beveled sides.
– Secure the -VAS6872/3- in the -VAS6872/1- -arrow a-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Set the distance -a- to exactly 3 mm.

– Secure the bracket -2- using -VAS6614/7- or -VAS6614/6- to
the hole -arrow b-.
– Let the clips melt down without pressure -arrow C-. Switch the
device off when the spacer is attached.

– Let it cool down for 10 seconds. Do not move the device during
this. AG. Volkswagen n AG do
ks wage es
– Remove the device Vol after the cool-down time position
not
gu the next
by
clip. ir se
d ara
nt ee
tho o
– Cut off the
s a ends of the clips after all of the clips are positioned.
u ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Front Bumper 327

2 Rear Bumper
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 328
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Attachments”, page 331
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Impact Member”, page 335
⇒ “2.4 Overview - Guides”, page 336
⇒ “2.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 337
⇒ “2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 343
⇒ “2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing”, page
gen AG
. Volks345
wagen AG
a does
lksw not
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Bracket,
db
yV
o
Installing”, page 345 gu
ara
e nt
ris
⇒ “2.9 Parallel uParking
tho Assist Bracket, Installing”, page 349 ee or
a ac
ss
2.1 Overview - Bumper Cover
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover, Sedan”, page 328
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Bumper Cover, Wagon”, page 330
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2.1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover, Sedan
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5.1 Bumper Cover,
ling, Sedan”,
page 337 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 - Guide wage
n oes
Volks not
gu
❑ Rightedand by left ara
nte
ris
❑ Theretho are different ver‐ eo
au ra
ss sions. Refer to the Parts c
ce
e
nl
pt
tion.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
3 - Guide
ab
ility
ot p
❑ On the right and left
wit
, is n
sides for the tail lamp
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
tion.
4 - Center Guide
rrectness of i
5 - Screw
l purpos
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Pointing upward
nf
ercia
orm
m
6 - Bolt
atio
om

n in
or c
thi
e
❑ Attached to the wheel

t
sd
iva
housing liner
o
r
rp
cu
o
f
en
ng
t.
yi
-item 2-
Co
op py
⇒ Item 2 (page 446) .
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
7 - Expanding Rivet
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Quantity: 4
AG.
2. Rear Bumper 329

2.1.2 Overview - Bumper Cover, Wagon
Note
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling, Wagon”,
page 341 .
2 - Guide
❑ Right and left
3 - Guide
4 - Center Guide
5 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 8 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
6 - Expanding Rivet byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
❑ Quantity: 4 ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2 Overview - Attachments

⇒ “2.2.1 Overview - Attachments, Sedan except GTI”,
page 331
⇒ “2.2.2 Overview - Attachments, Sedan GTI”, page 332
AG . Volkswagen AG
⇒ “2.2.3 Overview - Attachments, Wagon”, page 333
ksw
agen does
not
ol
yV gu
2.2.1 Overview - Attachments, Sedan except GTI db ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
1 - Bumper Cover
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ PP/EPDM material itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling, Sedan”,
es, in part or in w
page 337 .
t to the co
2 - Towing Eye Cap
rrectness of i
cover
l purpos
3 - Right Rear Reflector

❑ Secured in the bumper
nf
ercia
cover
orm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e
4 - License Plate Lamps

t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ Quantity: 2
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐ Cop py
. rig
ht ht
rig by
py
94 ; License Plate co Vo
by lksw
Lamp; Left and Right Li‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
cense Plate Lamp - X4- /
-X5- , Removing and In‐
stalling .
5 - Spoiler
❑ PC/ABS material
cover
Catalog for the allocation.
6 - Left Rear Reflector
❑ Secured in the bumper cover
2. Rear Bumper 331

2.2.2 Overview - Attachments, Sedan GTI
1 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐ wagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
ling. Refer to ks not
Vol gu
by
⇒ “2.5.1 Bumper
rise
d Cover, ara
nte
Removinguthand
o Instal‐ eo
ra
ling, Sedan”,
ss a c
page 337 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
2 - Rear Reflector
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Right and left
ility
ot p
wit
is n
cover
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
3 - Screws
❑ 2 Nm
rrectne
s
4 - Adapter
s o
cial p
f
❑ Connects the spoiler
inform
with the bumper cover
mer
atio
❑ Additional step. Refer to
om
⇒ page 340 .
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
5 - Spring Nut
t
sd
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
6 - Spoiler
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ PC/ABS material
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
cover Prote AG.

Catalog for the allocation.
7 - Clips
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ Different numbers for attaching are also possible
❑ Not installed on all models for all markets.
9 - Adapter
❑ Connects the spoiler with the bumper cover
❑ Additional step. Refer to ⇒ page 340 .
10 - Spring Nut

2.2.3 Overview - Attachments, Wagon
1 - Bumper Cover
ling. Refer to
ling, Wagon”,
page 341 .
2 - Adapter
❑ Right
❑ Connects the spoiler to
the bumper cover.
3 - Towing Eye Cap
cover
4 - Rear Reflector
❑ Right
cover
5 - Spoiler
❑ PC/ABS material
cover n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ To be removed only with d byV ua
ran
bumper cover removed ir se tee
tho
u or
❑ There are different ver‐ ss
a ac
ce
le
un
Catalog.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
6 - Left Rear Reflector

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
cover
h re
ole,

spec
7 - Adapter
t to the co
❑ Left
❑ Connects the spoiler to the bumper cover.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 333

1 - Upper Insulation
❑ Cut according to the for‐
mat from the previous AG. Volkswagen AG d
bumper cover agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
2 - Center Insulation rise
d
nte
ho eo
❑ Cut according to theafor‐
ut ra
c
mat from the previous
ss
ce
e
bumper cover
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
3 - Lower Insulation
erm
ab
❑ Cut according to the for‐
ility
ot p
mat from the previous
wit
, is n
h re
bumper cover
hole
spec
4 - Bumper Cover
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
ling, Wagon”,
l purpos
page 341 .
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.3 Overview - Impact Member
1 - Impact Member
tion.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Impact Member,
ling”, page 343 .
❑ Vehicles with trailer
hitch. Refer to
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Trail‐
er Hitch”, page 459 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
❑ Quantity: 4 on the right
side
❑ Quantity: 3 on the left
side
3 - Foam Piece
❑ Is engaged with the im‐
pact member -1-
. Volkswagen AG
tion. swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
4 - Cap sed by ara
nte
ri
❑ auNot
tho with trailer hitch eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 335

olkswagen AG
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ wage
n AG. V does
olks not
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 d by V gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
2.4 Overview - Guides ss
au ra
c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “2.4.1 Overview - Guides, Sedan”, page 336
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “2.4.2 Overview - Guides, Wagon”, page 337
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2.4.1 Overview - Guides, Sedan
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Note
t to the co
There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
rrectness of i
l purpos
1 - Guide
❑ Right and left
nf
ercia
o
2 - Hex Nut
rm
m
atio
m
❑ 3.5 Nm
o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
iva
3 - Guide
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
4 - Hex Nut
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
❑ 3.5 Nm
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Center Guide
6 - Hex Nut
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4

2.4.2 Overview - Guides, Wagon
1 - Guide
❑ Right and left
2 - Guide
3 - Center Guide
Catalog.
4 - Hex Nut AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 3.5 Nm olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
❑ For the center guide rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Quantity: 4 aut ra
c
ss
5 - Hex Nut
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ 3.5 Nm
itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ For the guide on the tail
pe
ility
lamp
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
6 - Hex Nut
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 3.5 Nm
❑ For the guide on the side
panel
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
2.5 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
⇒ “2.5.1 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing, Sedan”, Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 337
page 341
2.5.1 Bumper Cover, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan
Note
Depending on the model version, slight deviations of the bumper

cover must be considered when removing and installing.

Removing
2. Rear Bumper 337

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Remove the side panel tail lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

or
thi
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail Lamps; Tail Lamp, Removing and

te
sd
iva
Installing .
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
– Remove the screws -3- in the wheel housing (pointing upward)

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the screws -4- near the wheel housing liner on the yri
p by
o Vo
left and right sides.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the expanding rivets -5- from underneath.
cedure.
– Pull the bumper cover -1- out of the left and right guide retain‐
ers -2- on the side panel in direction of -a arrows-.
– Loosen the bumper cover -1- upward from the retainers in di‐
rection of -b arrows-.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- parallel from the vehicle in di‐
rection of -c arrows-.
– If equipped, disconnect the electrical component connections.


Parking Assist .
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installation is only possible with a second technician.

– If equipped, connect the connectors for the electrical compo‐
nents.
– Guide the bumper cover -1- parallel to the vehicle in direction
of -a arrows-.
– Push the bumper cover -1- onto the left and right guides -5-
on the side panel until they engage with each other in direction
of -arrow b-.
– Pay attention to the gap dimensions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair;
Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap Dimensions; Rear Body .
– Install the expanding rivets -4- from underneath.
– Install the left and right wheel housing liner bolts -3-.
– Install the left and right bolts -2- inside the wheel housing (fac‐
ing up).
2. Rear Bumper 339

– Install the side panel tail lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

Installing .
– Additional step for GTI model. Refer to ⇒ page 340 .
Adapter, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Loosen the retainers in direction of -a arrows- and remove the
adapter -1- from the spoiler -3- and the bumper cover -4- in
direction of -arrow b-.
Installing
– Check the spring nuts -2-.
– Push the adapter -1- onto the bumper cover -4- and engage
with the spoiler -3-.

2.5.2 Bumper Cover, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Wagon
Note
Depending on the model version, slight deviations of the bumper

cover must be considered when removing and installing.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the side panel tail lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐ C py
t. rig
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Tail Lamps; Tail Lamp, Removing and gh ht
yri by
Installing .
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the screws -3- in the wheel housing (pointing upward)
2. Rear Bumper 341

– Remove the screws -4- near the wheel housing liner on the
– Remove the expanding rivets -5- from underneath.
cedure.
– Pull the bumper cover -1- out of the left and right guide retain‐
ers -2- on the side panel in direction of -a arrows-.
– Loosen the bumper cover -1- upward from the retainers in di‐
rection of -b arrows-.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- in direction of -arrows c- parallel
from the vehicle with the help of a second technician.
– Disconnect the connectors of any electrical components (if
present).
Parking Assist .
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Connect the connectors to any electric components (if

present).
– Guide the bumper cover -1- parallel to the vehicle in direction
of -a arrows-.
– Push the bumper cover -1- onto the left and right guides -2-
on the side panel until they engage with each other in direction
of -arrow b-.
– Pay attention to the parallel alignment and the gap dimen‐
sions. Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Body Gap
Dimensions; Rear Body .
– Install the expanding rivets -7- from underneath.
– Install the left and right wheel housing liner screws -6-.
– Install the left and right screws -5- in the wheel housing (facing
up).
– Install the side panel tail lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
Installing .
2.6 Impact Member, Removing and Installing

Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
343
by lksw
cted agen
Prote 2. Rear Bumper
AG.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
– Lift the impact member -1- upward in direction of -arrows- from

the tabs -3- in the cross panel.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
– Guide the impact member -1- with the guides -4- from above
om
downward in direction of -arrows- into the tabs -3- in the cross

n
c
i
or
panel.
thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
2.7 Bumper Cover, Servicing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
If the bumper cover is damaged, first determine if it is possible to

repair the plastic before installing a new cover.
Refer to ⇒ General Information; Body Repairs, Body Collision

Repair ; Plastic Repair Methods for the description.
2.8 Parking Aid Bracket, Installing

2. Rear Bumper 345

Materials
Note
♦ 2K plastic adhesive 1) 2)
♦ Plastic adhesive 1)
1)Follow the manufacturer's instructions provided in the packag‐
ing.
2) Note the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ page 349 .
Bracket, Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Note orise nte
eo
th
au ra
s c
After the bumper cover is painted, install the brackets. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ise nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
the bumper cover. du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
in the tool kit.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
through the bumper cover material -5- in direction of
-arrows-.
2. Rear Bumper 347

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ Vol
ksw not
gu
by
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 ise
d ara
nte
or th eo
au ra
– Thoroughly clean the bumper cover and
ss bracket with cleaning c
solution.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Note
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Approximately 1 cm of adhesive from the tip should not be applied.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Lightly sand the inside of the bumper cover -6- and thoroughly
t to the co
clean it.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Very thinly apply the adhesive for plastic to the bumper cover
and bracket and let it set for 10 minutes.
– Slide the bracket -8- onto the centering drift -1- and push it
through the bumper cover -6-.
– Slide on the counterholder -4- and lightly tighten the knurled
nut -5-.
– Slide on the clamping clip -3- and position the knurled nut
-2-, but do not tighten.
– All brackets are prepared up to this step.

Note
The adhesive cannot run up to the bend.
– Apply the adhesive as shown in the illustration and tighten the

knurled nut -2-.
– After the minimum curing time, remove all centering drifts.
Minimum Curing Time
Wait 30 minutes for the minimum curing time before performing
any further work on the bumper cover and the brackets.
The bumper cover must stay in place and may not be moved dur‐
ing this time.
2.9 Parallel Parking Assist Bracket, Instal‐

ling
♦ Thermal Clip Bonder Kit - Clip, M-shaped - VAS6872/3-
Bracket, Installing
Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
yV
olks
w not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 349

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
The four markings for the bracket -1- are found on the inside of atio
om
the bumper cover.

n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
iva
in the tool kit.

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
and counterholder -3- on the inside of the bumper cover -5-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
2. Rear Bumper 351

Note
♦ The spacer on the device must be set very precisely.

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
♦ If the setting is too low, then the bracket dwill
by not be secured
Vo gu
ara
correctly. ris
e nte
utho eo
ra
♦ If the setting is too high, marks from
ss the clips
a will accumulate c
on the bumper cover.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ 4 clips are placed on each side. Refer to the image for the
itte
y li
positions.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Attach 3 clips if the clips have beveled sides.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the Clip, M-shaped - VAS6872/3- in the Hand Set -

VAS6872/1- -arrow a-.
– Set the distance -a- to exactly 3 mm.
– Secure the bracket -2- using PDC Holder Tool Set - Attach‐
ment Aids - VAS6614/7- or 4 Attachment Aids for PDC holder
- VAS6614/6- to the hole -arrow b-.

– Let the clips melt down without pressure -arrow C-. Switch the
device off when the spacer is attached.
– Let it cool down for 10 seconds. Do not move the device during
this.
– Remove the device after the cool-down time position the next
clip.
– Cut off the ends of the clips after all of the clips are positioned.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Rear Bumper 353

3 Special Tools
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Thermal Clip Bonder Kit - Clip, M-shaped - VAS6872/3-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw n
by Vol
Golfot2015
gu
ara
➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
d
rise Body Exterior
nte - Edition 02.2016
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
64 – Glass, Window Regulators
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
1 Repair Information
ot p
wit
is n
h re
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Times for Bonded Windows”, page 355 ole,
spec
⇒ “1.2 Window Glass, Servicing”, page 355
t to the co
⇒ “1.3 Installation Instructions for Bonded Window Glass”,
page 356
rrectne
⇒ “1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing for Installation”,
page 357
ss o
⇒ “1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for Installation”,
cial p
f i
page 357
nform
mer
⇒ “1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation”, page 359
atio
om
n
c
⇒ “1.7 Adhesive, Removing”, page 360
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
1.1 Minimum Curing Times for Bonded Win‐

iv
o
pr
cum
r
dows
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
WARNING
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
There are special requirements for replacing bonded windows.
AG.
This includes, for example, that a newly bonded windshield is

safe for vehicle operation and also in case of an accident after
a specified minimum curing time.
The minimum curing time for all windows is two hours for the two-
part window adhesive.
Minimum curing time means the time from when the window is
bonded to when the vehicle is put back into use. During this time,
the vehicle must be on a level surface at room temperature (at
least 15 °C (59 °F)).
WARNING

1.2 Window Glass, Servicing
Note
♦ If the windshield is damaged, see if it is possible to repair the

glass before replacing.
♦ Damaged windshields can be repaired with the Windscreen
Repair Set - VAS6092- .
♦ The damage may not exceed a certain size and location.
♦ Work instructions are included with every window repair kit.

♦ Windscreen Repair Set - VAS6092-
1. Repair Information 355

1.3 Installation Instructions for Bonded Win‐

dow Glass
Installation Instructions. Refer to ⇒ page 356
Materials. Refer to ⇒ page 356
– Apply the adhesive -1- all around at a right angle to the window
glass -2-.
WARNING
The window must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise the

window adhesive will not adhere properly.
Do not apply the adhesive bead too thickly and do not press
the window glass too firmly onto the body flange. Since the
windows no longer have a sealing lips, excess adhesive can
be seen in gap area.
♦ Using two Double Suction Lifters - VAG1344- , insert the win‐

dow glass into the window opening, center it and press it in up
to the spacer.
♦ Reapply any stickers (for example, for airbag).
Materials
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Note ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
♦ Two-part window adhesive 1) 2) 3)

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
♦ One-part window adhesive 1) 2) 4) 5)

ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Activator 1)
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Cleaning solution 1)
rrectness of i
♦ Adhesive remover 1)
l purpos
♦ Cutting cord 6)
nf
ercia
♦ Cutting wire from the Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows -

rm
m
VAS6452- 6)
atio
om
n in
c
♦ Window Removal Set VAS6888 - VAS6888/1- 6)

or
thi
te
sd
iva
1)Follow the manufacturer processing guidelines supplied in the

o
r
rp
cu
packaging.
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
2)Note the minimum curing time. Refer to t. Cop py
rig
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Times for Bonded Windows”, page 355 .
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
3)
To apply this material, the Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- Prote
cted AG.
agen
must be used.
4) Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using the Car‐
tridge Heater - VAG1939A- .
356 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators

5) 180 ml small cartridge for sealing and/or when a 400 ml double

cartridge is not enough.
6) Cutting cord and cutting wires are an alternative These are only
meant to be used once.
1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing

for Installation gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
Adhesive Bead, Cutting byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
WARNING ss au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
Do not yet treat the cut adhesive surface with the activator. Do
ility
ot p
not prime. Do not use a cleaning solution.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Note
♦ When reusing an undamaged window, cut the remaining ad‐
rrectne
hesive sealant back to 1 to 2 mm shortly before rebonding. Do
not damage the primer and ceramic coating while doing so.
ss
♦ The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive
o
cial p
f
to be applied.
inform
mer
atio
om
n
WARNING
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
Exception: If the bonding is going to be performed longer than

iv
o
pr
one day after cutting back the adhesive bead, then the remain‐
um
r
fo
en
ng
ing material must be activated with the Activator .

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Apply the activator evenly in a single stroke using the Applica‐ ht. rig
rig ht
tor . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Do not let the activator come in contact with the paint, other‐
Prote AG.
wise this will damage the paint.

Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
1.5 New Window Glass, Preparing for In‐

stallation
Note
♦ The application area for the adhesive bead is not pre-coated

and not primed.
♦ The sealing lip is a component of a new windshield.
♦ Not all windows are pre-coated.
– Clean an area 20 mm wide around the edge of the window

using cleaning solution. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
– Then dry the window edge with a lint-free cloth.

WARNING
The ceramic coating on the glass is not a glass/paint primer.

The ceramic coating must always be primed before the apply‐
ing the adhesive. Only use glass/paint primer (Refer to the
Parts Catalog)!
– Apply the glass/paint primer -2- evenly in one stroke using the
applicator -1-. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
♦ Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
Note
The distance of the glass/paint primer and the adhesive bead to the window outer edge changes at the bottom
the windshield. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
– The dimension -b- is 6 mm to the outer edge,isup ed to the dimen‐
b ara
nte
sion -a- = 150 mm to the lower edge of the thowindshield.
r eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– From there to the radius the distance grows to 20 mm dimen‐

sion -d-.
– At approximately half of the distance the dimension -c- should
be 10 mm.
1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation
WARNING

Do not yet treat the cut adhesive surface with the activator. Do
not prime. Do not use a cleaning solution.

– Cut back the remaining material on the body flange using the
Window Cutter - U Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/3- , but do not
remove all residue under any circumstance.
Note
The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be

applied. Keep the adhesive surfaces free of dirt and grease.
WARNING
Exception: If the bonding is going to be performed longer than

one day after cutting back the adhesive bead, then the remain‐
ing material must be activated with the activator. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
The activator is applied evenly in on stroke using the applicator.
Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Do not let the activator come in contact with the paint, other‐
wise this will damage the paint.
Drying time is approximately 10 minutes
♦ If the body flange is being repaired or partially replaced, the

corresponding area must be cleaned and primed again before
painting.
wage
Note yV
o lks es n
ot g
d b ua
ran
ir se tee
It is possibleutthat
ho the laser weld seam does not lie in the area or of
the adhesive
ss bead. In this case, the open weld seam must bec
a a
sealed with window adhesive before bonding the window.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– If the laser weld seam -3- on the body panel flange -4- is not
ility
ot p
covered by the adhesive bead -1-, coat the laser weld seam
wit
, is n
-3- with the glass/paint primer -3-. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
h re
Afterward, fill the laser weld seam with window adhesive -1-.
hole
spec
Refer to the Parts Catalog.

es, in part or in w
t to the co

The paint structure is reproduced after paint damage according
rrectness of i
to the “Paint” repair manual specifications.

l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
1.7 Adhesive, Removing

o
n in
or c
thi
e
– As cleaning solution use the adhesive remover. Refer to the

t
sd
iva
Parts Catalog. Follow all safety precautions.

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
WARNING
t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri by
When cleaning the vehicle interior, the window just installed
cop Vo
by lksw
may not be pressed outward.
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Clean the painted surface with a dry cloth. Remove residual

adhesive with adhesive remover. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

lkswage es n Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
Vo ot g
d by ua
r
e ante
– Clean the plastic trim: tlet
ho the adhesive harden for approxi‐
ris eo
mately one hour ands athen peel it off.
u ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant o2015 agen
ksw ➤
oes
not
V l
Body Exterior - Editioned02.2016
by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
2 Windshield
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield”, page 362
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing”, page 363
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
2.1 Overview - Windshield
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Windshield
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Re‐
l purpos
page 363 .
2 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
nf
ercia
or
❑ Bead diameter: Width
m
m
atio
-b- = 7 mm Height -a-
om
n in
Height = 10 mm (includ‐
or c
thi
ing the precoating, re‐
te
sd
a
sidual material on the

iv
o
r
rp
cu
window and the window
o
m
f
en
ng
flange) yi
t.
Co
op
❑ Minimum curing time.
C py
t. rig
gh
Refer to
ht
pyri by
Vo
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing
co lksw
by
cted agen
Times for Bonded Win‐ Prote AG.
dows”, page 355 .
3 - Body Flange
❑ Paint damage, repairing
4 - Drip Rail
5 - Gap Dimension
❑ Must be even
6 - Seal
7 - Uncoated Area of the Wind‐
shield for Communications
Signals
❑ Only with tinted glass
8 - Window Adjuster
❑ -443 845 631 A-
❑ Remove two hours after
installing the windshield
9 - Binding Profile
❑ Windshield component
❑ May only be pulled out of the retainer by hand.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 19 .
11 - Connector
❑ For heated windshield

AG. Volkswagen AG d Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
2.2 orised by
Windshield, Removing and Installing ara
nte
h eo
ut
⇒ “2.2.1 Windshield,
ss a Removing and Installing”, page 363 ra
c
ce
e
⇒ “2.2.2 Damaged Windshield, Removing”, page 367 nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2.2.1 Windshield, Removing and Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit - VAG1474B- / Cutting Tool for
hole
spec
Bonded Windows - VAS6452- / Window Removal Set -
es, in part or in w
VAS6888-
t to the co
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-
rrectness of i
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-
l purpos
♦ Window Removing Kit - VAG1755-

♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628 -
nf
ercia
o
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939-
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
♦ Window Cutter - Offset Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/2-
te
sd
iva
o
r
♦ Window Cutter - Scraper - VAG1561/8-

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Window Cutter - Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/19- opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- Prote
cted AG.
agen
Note
It is possible to remove bonded windows using Flush Bonded

Window Kit - VAG1474B- , the Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows
- VAS6452- or the Window Removal Set VAS6888 - VAS6888- .
Removing
– Remove the left and right upper A-pillar trim panels. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim;
A-Pillar Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the left and right sun visors. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Equipment; Sun Visor, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Rearview Mirror; Rearview Mirror, Removing
and Installing .
– For vehicles with a Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera
- R242- , remove the front camera. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Driver Assistance Systems Front
Camera; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing
and Installing .
– Lower the headliner near the windshield. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing
and Installing .
– The headliner can now be lowered far enough so that the
windshield can be cut out without damaging the headliner.
page 19 .
– Slide the Cover for Audi 80/92 Dash Panel - VAG1474/8- be‐
tween the windshield and the instrument panel.
2. Windshield 363
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Pull the cutting wire end -1- through the adhesive inside the
rrectne
vehicle interior using the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Awl -
VAG1474/2- .
ss
– Secure the cutting wire end from being pulled out using the
o
cial p
Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- -3-.

inform
mer
– Insert the cutting wire -2- into the window flange using small
atio
tube -1-.
om
n
c
i
or
– Lay the cutting wire around the windshield.

thi
te
sd
va
– Make sure that the cutting wire is inserted under windshield at

i
o
pr
cum
r
the corners.
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ise nte
r
ut
ho eo
ra Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
s a c
s
– Secure the wire ends -4- on the Cutting Tool for Bonded Win‐
ce
le
un
pt
dows - VAS6452- -1-.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Place the cutting wire around the reel device suction cups
-arrow-.
– While cutting free, press the cutting wire against the wind‐
shield using a plastic wedge -2- in order to have clearance on
the window glass flange and the instrument panel.
2. Windshield 365
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Position the Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- in

en
ng
t.
the lower corners of the windshield.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Move the left Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452-
gh ht
pyri by
from “position I” through “position III” in sequence and cut the
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
windshield free.
agen
Prote AG.
– Move the right Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - VAS6452-

from “position IV” through “position VI” in sequence and cut
the windshield free.
– Using two Double Suction Lifters - VAG1344- , lift the wind‐
shield from the vehicle.
Installing
– Prepare the undamaged window for glazing. Refer to
page 357 .
– Prepare the new window glass for glazing. Refer to
page 357 .
– Prepare the body flange for glazing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Body Flange, Preparing for Installation”, page 359 .

– Installation instructions. Refer to

page 356 .
– Minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing Times for Bonded Windows”,
page 355 .
– For vehicles with a Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera
- R242- , install the front camera and calibrate. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Driver Assistance Sys‐
tems Front Camera; Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐
era, Removing and Installing and ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Driver Assistance Systems Front
Camera; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Calibrat‐
ing .
AG. Volkswagen
2.2.2 Damaged Windshield,
Vol
ksw
agen Removing
AG do
es n
ot
y gu
db a
The procedure for removing
or
ise a damaged windshield is identicalrato
nte
removing a damagedauth rear window. Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged
s Rear Window, Removing”, page 372 .
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Windshield 367
3 Rear Window
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 368
⇒ “3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 369
3.1 Overview - Rear Window

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Rear Window, Sedan”, page 368
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Rear Window, Wagon”, page 369
3.1.1 Overview - Rear Window, Sedan
1 - Rear Window
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Window,
ling”, page 369 .
❑ Bead diameter: Width
-b- = 7 mm Height -a-
Height = 10 mm (includ‐
ing the precoating, re‐
sidual material on the
window and the window
flange)
Refer to
Times for Bonded Win‐
dows”, page 355 .
3 - Body Flange agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
4 - Spacer ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
5 - Rear Window Defogger aut
ho eo
ra
Connection ss c
ce
e
nl
6 - Antenna Connection
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.2 Overview - Rear Window, Wagon
1 - Rear Window
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Window,
ling”, page 369 .
❑ Bead diameter:
-Width b- = 7 mm
-Height a- Height = 10
mm (including the pre‐
coating, residual materi‐
al on the window and the
window flange)
❑ The width of the glass/
paint primer application
is 16 mm -dimension c-
❑ Minimum curing time. wage
es n
Refer to yV
olks ot g
ua
⇒ “1.1 Minimum Curing ed b ran
ris
Times for Bonded Win‐ uth o tee
or
dows”, page 355 . ss
a ac
ce
e
3 - Spacer
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4 - Body Flange
erm
ab
ility
ot p
5 - Rear Window Defogger
wit
, is n
Connection
h re
hole
6 - Antenna Connection
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
3.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing

o
n in
or c
thi
e
⇒ “3.2.1 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 369

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 372

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
3.2.1 Rear Window, Removing and Installing Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Special tools and workshop equipment required co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Bonded Windows - VAS6452- / Window Removal Set -

VAS6888-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939-
3. Rear Window 369

Removing
Note
♦ It is possible to remove bonded windows using Flush Bonded Window Kit - VAG1474B- , the Cutting Tool
for Bonded Windows - VAS6452- or the Window Removal Set VAS6888 - VAS6888- .
♦ If windshield is to be used again, make sure that electrical connections for windshield heating and window
antenna are not damaged.
– Remove the windshield wiper arm. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐

ment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Rear Window Wiper System; Windshield
Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing .
– Disconnect the connections for the heated rear window and
window antennas.
– Pull the cutting wire -1- with the Flush Bonded Window Kit -
Awl - VAG1474/2- through the adhesive at the position shown
in the illustration -arrow- toward the inside.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure the cutting wire end with the Bonded Window Tool Kit
- Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- to prevent it from being pulled out.
– Lay the cutting wire -1- around the rear window -3- and guide
the second cord end toward the inside.
– Secure the cutting wire end on the Cutting Tool for Bonded
Windows - VAS6452- -4- or the Window Reel Device -
VAG1654A- .
Note
The protective film -4- or the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Plastic Trim - VAG1474/15- must always be used to
protect the positioned sheet metal flange.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Carefully push the protective film -4- or the Flush Bonded Win‐
dow Kit - Plastic Trim - VAG1474/15- between the rear window
and the sheet metal flange.
– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- -5- as shown.
– Move the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- -5- accordingly
and cut the rear window free at the top to both sides.
3. Rear Window 371

– While cutting free, press the cutting wire -3- against the rear
window using the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Wedge (5 pc.) -
VAG1474/5- in order to have clearance on the body flange.
– Then cut the rear window free at the bottom.
– Hold the rear window with two suction lifter when cutting free.
Caution
More force will be needed because at the bottom of the rear

window two adhesive beads will be cut through.
– Remove the rear window at the two suction lifters from the rear
window.
Installing
⇒ “1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing
.Volkswagen Afor Installation”,
page 357 . wagen AG G do
es n
lks o ot g
yV ua
– Prepare the new rwindow
ise
db glass for glazing. Refer to ran
tee
⇒ “1.5 New Window
utho Glass, Preparing for Installation”, or
page 357 . ss a ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Installation Instructions. Refer to

ility
ot p

wit
is n
page 356 .
h re
ole,
spec
– Minimum Curing Time. Refer to


t to the co
page 355 .
3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing

rrectne
– Protect the body and vehicle interior from glass splinters.

ss
– Remove the glass pieces up to the adhesive.

o
cial p
f inform
– Remove the connections for the window defogger and anten‐

mer
na.
atio
om
– Bond the flange -2- all around with fabric reinforced adhesive
c
i
or
n thi
tape.
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Cut through the adhesive (with the remaining glass) in the

p
cum
r
fo
window opening with the Window Cutter - VAG1561A- and the

en
ng
t.
yi
Window Cutter - VAG1561- .
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
WARNING
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Always wear protective eyewear and leather gloves.

4 Side Windows
yV
olks
wage
es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
⇒ “4.1 Overview - hFront
oris Side Window”, page 373 tee
ut or
a ac
⇒ “4.2 Overview
ss - Rear Side Window”, page 374
ce
e
nl
⇒ “4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing”, page 375
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing”, page 377
erm
ab
ility
ot p
4.1 Overview - Front Side Window
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Centering Clip
t to the co
2 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 2
rrectness of i
3 - Side Window
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “4.3 Front Side Win‐
or
dow, Removing and In‐
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
4 - Seal
thi
te
sd
a
❑ Part of the front side

iv
o
r
rp
cu
window
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
.
❑ Bead diameter: width =
t rig
gh ht
yri by
6.5 mm dimension -a-, cop Vo
by lksw
height = 10 mm dimen‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
sion -b- (including resid‐
ual material on window
glass and window glass
flange)
Refer to
dows”, page 355 .
4. Side Windows 373

4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window

⇒ “4.2.1 Overview - Rear Side Window, Sedan”, page 374
⇒ “4.2.2 Overview - Rear Side Window, Wagon”, page 375
4.2.1 Overview - Rear Side Window, Sedan
1 - Side Window n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
❑ Side window, removing. d byV ua
ran
Refer to ir se tee
ho
⇒ “4.4 Rear Side Win‐ aut or
ac
dow, Removing and In‐ ss
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2 - Seal
erm
ab
❑ Part of the rear side win‐
ility
ot p
dow
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Bead diameter: Height =
t to the co
10 mm dimension -b-,
width = 6.5 mm dimen‐
sion -a- (including pre-
rrectness of i
coating, residual materi‐
al on window glass and
l purpos
window glass flange)

nform
ercia
Refer to
m
at
om
ion
dows”, page 355 .
c
in t
or
his
te
4 - Body Flange
a
do
priv
cum
or
5 - Gap Dimension
f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Must be applied evenly.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2.2 Overview - Rear Side Window, Wagon
1 - Side Window
❑ Side window, removing.
Refer to
⇒ “4.4.1 Rear Side Win‐
❑ Bead diameter: Height =
10 mm -dimension b-,
width = 6.5 mm
-dimension a- (including
pre-coating, residual
material on window
glass and window glass
flange)
❑ The width of the glass/
paint primer application
is 14 mm -dimension c-
❑ Minimum curing time
3 - Body Flange
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
4 - Guide Clip olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
❑ Quantity: 2 orise nte
th eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.3 Front Side Window, Removing and In‐

nf
ercia
stalling
rm
m
atio
m
⇒ “4.3.1 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing”,

o
n in
or c
page 375
thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ “4.3.2 Damaged Front Side Window, Removing”, page 377

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
4.3.1 Front Side Window, Removing and Installing

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
WARNING cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Always wear protective eyewear and leather gloves.
Note
The Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - Wire Reel - VAS6452/1- is used to remove the front side window.
4. Side Windows 375

– If equipped, pull the trim strip from the seal.

The surrounding components are to be protected from damage.
– Place the cutting wire -2- around the front side window -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Secure the cutting wire ends with the Bonded Window Tool Kit
- Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- -3-.
m
at
om
ion
c
– Cut through the adhesive bead using “sawing” movements

in t
or
-arrows- with the Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle -

his
ate
VAG1351/1- .
do
priv
cum
for
Installing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
page 357 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
page 357 .

– Installation instructions. Refer to

page 356 .
– Minimum curing time. Refer to
page 355 .
4.3.2 Damaged Front Side Window, Remov‐

ing swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
The procedure for removing a damaged front side ewindowdb
y is ara
nte
identical to the removal of a damaged rear window.
horis
Refer to eo
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, ut
s a page 372 .
ra
s c
ce
le
4.4 Rear Side Window, Removing and In‐
un
pt
an
d
itte
stalling
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “4.4.1 Rear Side Window, Removing and Installing”,
ot
wit
, is n
page 377
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “4.4.2 Damaged Rear Side Window, Removing”, page 379
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.4.1 Rear Side Window, Removing and In‐
stalling
rrectness of i
l purpos

Bonded Windows - VAS6452- / Window Removal Set
nform
ercia
VAS6888 - VAS6888-
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939- C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
♦ It is possible to remove bonded windows using Flush Bonded

Window Kit - VAG1474B- , the Cutting Tool for Bonded Win‐
dows - VAS6452- or the Window Removal Set VAS6888 -
VAS6888- .
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left
rear side window. Removing and installing the right rear side
window is identical.
– Remove the side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; Component Location
– Remove the B-pillar upper trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; B-Pillar Trim
Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the C-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar Trim Panel,
Surrounding Components, Protecting from Damage
4. Side Windows 377

Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
o lksw not
V gu
by ara
– Pull the cutting wire -1- with the Flush Bonded Window rised Kit - nte
Awl - VAG1474/2- -2- through the adhesive sealant ut at the
ho eo
ra
position shown in the illustration. ss a c
ce
le
un
– Press the seal to the side so that it is not damaged.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Insert the cutting wire -3- behind the seal into the window
flange using the small tube -1-.
l purpos
– Secure the wire end -3- to the Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull
Handle - VAG1351/1- -2- to counterhold.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Also pull the other wire end -1- through the adhesive sealant. cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the other wire end -1- to the Window Reel Device -
VAG1654A- -3-.
– Cut the window free by moving the Window Reel Device -
VAG1654A- -3- accordingly.
– While cutting, press the cutting wire against the window with
a plastic wedge in order to have clearance at the window
flange.

– Instead of the Window Reel Device - VAG1654- -3-, the Win‐

dow Reel Device - VAG1654A- -3- can also be used.
– One suction cup can be removed from the Window Reel De‐
vice - VAG1654- -3- as illustrated. By doing this, the roller of
the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- -3- can be placed clos‐
er to window glass flange.
Installing
page 357 .
page 357 .
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Installation instructions. Refer to olkswage G do
es n
ot g
⇒ “1.3 Installation Instructions for
d byBonded Window Glass”,
V ua
ran
page 356 . or
ise
tee
h
ut or
– Minimum curing time. Refer
ss
a
to ac
ce
e
nl
pt
page 355 .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4.4.2 Damaged Rear Side Window, Remov‐
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
ing
h re
hole
spec
The procedure for removing a damaged rear side window is iden‐
es, in part or in w
tical to the removal of a damaged rear window. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “3.2.2 Damaged Rear Window, Removing”, page 372 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Side Windows 379

5 Door Windows
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Front Door Window”, page 380
⇒ “5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window”, page 381
⇒ “5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window”, page 382
⇒ “5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 382
⇒ “5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 387
⇒ “5.6 Fixed Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page
390
5.1 Overview - Front Door Window
Note
1 - Front Door
2 - Front Door Window
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Front Door Win‐
ling. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “2.6 Door Inner Cover, Volksw oes
not
gu
Removing and Instal‐ed by ara
nte
is
ling”, page 104 . thor eo
au ra
4 - Bolt ss c
ce
e
nl
❑ Quantity: 3
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
-item 4-
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
5 - Window Regulator Motor

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co

tor Motor, Removing
and Installing”,
rrectness of i
page 99 .
l purpos
6 - Cable Bushing
7 - Hooks
nf
ercia
or
❑ Quantity: 2
m
m
atio
m
❑ For attaching the door

o
n in
c
window on the window

or
thi
e
regulator
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 Overview - Rear Door Window
1 - Rear Door
ling. Refer to
3 - Expanding Pin
❑ Together with the
spreader plug for at‐
taching the door window
4 - Spreader Plug
❑ Together with the ex‐
panding pin for attach‐
ing the door window
5 - Window Regulator Motor
ling. Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
tor Motor, Removing ksw
agen oes
not
l
and Installing”, by Vo gu
ara
page 163 . rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
6 - Door Control Module ss a ra
c
ce
le
7 - Bolt
un
pt
an
d
itte
❑ Quantity: 3
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
-item 5-
wit
, is n
⇒ Item 5 (page 161) .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Door Inner Cover,
rrectness of i
ling”, page 170 .
l purpos
9 - Door Window
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 387 .
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 381

5.3 Overview - Fixed Rear Door Window
1 - Fixed Door Window

ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.6 Fixed Rear Door
Window, Removing and
2 - Seal
❑ Part of the window
glass.
3 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
❑ Quantity: 2 by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
4 - Cap hor eo
aut ra
❑ Quantity: 2 ss c
ce
le
un
5 - Rear Door
pt
an
d
itte
y li
6 - Clip
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Quantity: 2
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
5.4 Front Door Window, Removing and In‐
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
stalling
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the right door window. The left side is identical.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
– Remove the door inner cover -3-. Refer to

ility
ot

wit
, is n
page 104 .
h re
hole
spec
– Pry out the cable bushing -6-.

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lower the door window -2- until the hooks -7- in the door win‐
dow are accessible.
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos
♦ If it is not possible to do this step because the window regulator motor is faulty, then remove the window
nform
ercia
regulator motor -5-.

m
♦ Then the door window can be moved to the necessary position.

com
tion in
r
te o
thi
– Carefully push the hooks -7- through the opening in the win‐
s
iva
do
dow glass. While doing so, slightly lift the door window so that
r
rp
cum
it does not fall back into the hooks.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the door window -1- upward from the window regu‐ Cop py
t. rig
lator. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 383

olkswagen AG
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 swagen AG. V does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the door window -1- at the rear and pivot it forward out of
the window guides in direction of -2- -arrow-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Pivot the door window -1- into the window guides -2- in direc‐
tion of -arrow-.
Note rrectness
Make sure that the door window is inserted correctly in the window guide.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Without using any pressure, guide the door window into the
atio
m
window regulator clamping brackets.

o
n
c
i
or
– Align the door window to the rear window frame.

thi
te
sd
iva
– Push the door window -1- into the clamping brackets until the
pr
cum
r
fo
hooks -7- in the door window lock.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 385

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Installation is performed in reverse order of the removal. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Check the function before installing the door inner cover -3-, cted agen
Prote AG.
cable bushing -6-, and the door trim panel.

5.5 Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Removing and Installing . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Remove the door inner cover -8-. Refer to
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 170 .
– Lower the door window -9- just enough until the expanding pin
-3- and the spreader plug -4- are accessible in the opening for
the window regulator -2-.
Note
If the step is not possible due to a malfunction in the power window regulator, the window regulator motor -5-
is removed -7-. Then the door window can be moved to the necessary position.
– Screw a 5 mm screw (approximately 70 mm long) into the ex‐

panding pin -3- and remove the screw with the expanding pin
from the spreader plug -4-.
5. Door Windows 387

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Now screw an 8 mm screw (approximately 80 thmm
or long) into eo
the spreader plug -4-. ss au ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Do not apply excessive pressure on the plug when installing the screw into the plug. Otherwise it will fall inside
wit
is n
the door.
h re
ole,
spec
– Remove the spreader plug -3- from the window regulator guide
t to the co
-2- and thereby from the door window.
– Remove the trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
rrectne
415 .
s
– Remove the front part of the window guide -2- from the mount.
s o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the door window -1- upward at an angle in direction

of -arrows- with respect to the outside of the vehicle from the
window shaft.

Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Note agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
♦ The spreader hor plug
is
and expanding pin must be replaced when
nte
e o performing assembly work on the door window.
aut ra
♦ Check the
s window glass -8- for damage before installing the
s c
spreader plug -3- and the expanding pin -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Install the spreader plug -3- centered with the window glass
-8- removed.
– Press in spreader pin -2- flush into spreader plug -3-.
– Install the door window -8- in the door -arrows- and push in the
window regulator guide slot.
– Using light pressure from above engage the window glass
-8- in the window regulator -1-.
– Check the function before installing the door inner cover -7-,
and the door trim panel.
5. Door Windows 389

5.6 Fixed Rear Door Window, Removing and Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.

nf
ercia

orm
m
atio

om
n in

or c
page 186 .
thi
te
sd
iva
– Remove the window guide. Refer to

r
rp
cu
o
⇒ “2.14 Window Guide, Removing and Installing”, page 183 .

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Lift out the caps -6-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the screws -5-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the seal -2- from the sheet metal flange.
AG.
– Guide the Window Release Tool - T10236- one after another

under both clips -3-.
– Push the door window -1- slightly out in direction of -arrow a-
until the clips -3- are pushed out of the door -4-.

– Remove the door window -1- with the bar -7- upward in direc‐
tion of -arrow b- from the door -4-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f in
– Push the door window -1- into the door in direction of

form
mer
-arrow a-.
atio
m
– Push the door window onto the door -5- until the clips -6- click
o
n
c
i
or
into place in direction of -b arrows-.

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
– Pull the seal -2- around the flange.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Installation is performed in reverse order of the removal. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Door Windows 391

6 Special Tools
♦ Window Cutter -
VAG1561A-
♦ Window Cutter - Offset
Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/2-
♦ Window Cutter - Scraper -
VAG1561/8-
3371-
♦ Window Cutter - Blade (2
pc.) - VAG1561/19-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun -
VAS5237-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
392
AG.
Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators

equipment required
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit -
VAG1474B- / Cutting Tool
for Bonded Windows -
VAS6452- / Window Re‐
moval Set - VAS6888-
♦ Double Suction Lifter -
VAG1344-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit -
VAG1351-
♦ Window Removing Kit -
VAG1755-
♦ Cartridge Heater -
VAG1939-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i

l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Windscreen Repair Set - VAS6092-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

66 – Exterior Equipment
1 Radiator Grille/Front Trim
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille”, page 395
⇒ “1.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 396
1.1 Overview - Radiator Grille
Note
Depending on the model, there are only visual differences and different versions. For allocation. Refer to the
Parts Catalog.
1 - Radiator Grille
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Radiator Grille,
ling”, page 396 .
sions. Refer toagtheen AParts
G. Volkswagen AG d
Catalog for olksthe
w alloca‐ oes
not
yV gu
tion. ed b ara
n
is tee
or
2 - Boltau
th or
ac
ss
❑ 2 Nm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Quantity: 2
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
3 - Emblem
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
ling. Refer to
h re
hole
⇒ “9.3 Front Emblems,

spec

es, in part or in w
ling”, page 454 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Radiator Grille/Front Trim 395

1.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release the retainers -4- with a small screwdriver in direction
of -A arrows-.
– Remove the radiator grille -1- parallel in the direction of
-arrow B- from the lock carrier retainers -3-.
– Remove the radiator grille -1- upward in direction of
-arrow C- from the front bumper cover.
Installing
396 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Guide the radiator grille -1- into the front bumper cover -4-. s
ce
le
un
pt
– Clip the radiator grille -1- with light pressure into the lock carrier
an
d
itte
y li
-3- in the direction of -arrow-.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Note
h re
ole,
spec
Orientation to the VW emblem opening in the hood.

t to the co
– Install the screws -2-.

rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
397
AG.
1. Radiator Grille/Front Trim
2 Spoiler
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Spoiler”, page 398
⇒ “2.2 Spoiler, Removing andwInstalling”,
agen
AG. Volkpage 399 does
swagen AG
ks not
Vol gu
⇒ “2.3 Side Spoiler, Removing
ed
by and Installing”, page 401 ara
nte
ris
tho eo
2.1 Overview
ss
au - Spoiler ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Note
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Only installed on the Sedan
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
1 - Spoiler on Roof Edge
t to the co
❑ PC/PET material
❑ With foam strip as inter‐
rrectne
mediate bearing
❑ With four clips with foam
s
ring
s o
cial p
f
inform
ling. Refer to
mer
⇒ “2.2 Spoiler, Remov‐

atio
m

o
n
c
i
399 .
or
n thi
te
sd
va
2 - Right Side Spoiler

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
❑ With adhesive tape

en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and Instal‐ Cop py
ling. Refer to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “2.3 Side Spoiler, Re‐
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
moving and Installing”, Prote
cted AG.
agen
page 401 .
3 - Hex Nut
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ 6 Nm
4 - Clip
❑ Quantity: 4
5 - Clip Seal
❑ Quantity: 4
6 - Centering Pin
❑ Quantity: 3
7 - Centering Pin Seal
❑ Quantity: 3
8 - Threaded Pins
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Component of the spoiler on the edge of the roof
9 - Threaded Pin Seal
❑ Quantity: 3
10 - Adhesive Tape
❑ Component of the side spoiler
11 - Left Side Spoiler
❑ With adhesive tape

wage es n
yV
olks Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant ot g 2015 ➤
b ua
ir se
d Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
ran
tee
tho
u or
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.3 Side
ss
a Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 401 . ac
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
2.2 Spoiler, Removing and Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
Removing
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
The side spoiler remains installed.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the rear lid upper trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Upper Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Lift out the cap.
– Remove the hex nuts -3- from the threaded pins -2-.
– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- forcefully up‐
ward in direction of -arrows- from the clips -7-.
2. Spoiler 399
– Disconnect the hose -5- and the wire -4-.

For notes on the windshield washer system hose. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Rear Window Washer Sys‐
tem; Overview - Rear Window Washer System .
For notes on the high-mounted brake lamp wire. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp;
Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp . AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Installing Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Check the foam rings -1- for the clips, centering pins and
threaded pins for damage, and replace if necessary.
– Check the foam strips -5 and 6- for damage and replace if
necessary.
– Check the felt strips (32 mm x 110 mm) -4- and foam strips (20
mm x 122 mm) -2- on the right and left sides for damage, and
replace if necessary.
– Remove the protective film from the adhesive tape -3- on the
– Secure the hose -2- and wire -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
For notes on the windshield washer system hose. Refer to ⇒

Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Rear Window Washer Sys‐
tem; Overview - Rear Window Washer System .
For notes on the high-mounted brake lamp wire. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; High-Mounted Brake Lamp;
Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp .
– Bring the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- into the installation
position using the centering pin -7-.
– Push the spoiler on the edge of the roof -1- forcefully onto the
rear lid -arrows-, until the clips -8- engage.
– Place the hex nuts -6- on the threaded pins -5- and tighten.
2.3 Side Spoiler, Removing and Installing

Removing
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
2. Spoiler 401
Note
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The right side is identical.
♦ When removing the side spoiler the adhesive tapes are damaged.
♦ When using new specified adhesive tape the side spoiler can be reused.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Warm the side spoiler -1- in the area of the adhesive strips
-2- using a -VAS1978/14A- .
– Remove the side spoiler -1- from the rear window and remove
downward from the spoiler on the edge of the roof -4-
-arrows-.
Installing a New Side Spoiler
♦ Professional Cleaning Cloth - VAS6006-

wage es n
Note yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The right
au side is identical.
tho
or
ac
ss
♦ The side spoiler -1- is attached with two-sided adhesive tape -2-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Place the side spoiler -1- on the rear window and mark the
position -3- with adhesive tape.
– Remove the side spoiler -1-.
– Clean the rear window at the marked areas -3- with cleaning
solution.
Note
♦ The application with help of the primer applicator must be performed in one step without stopping.
♦ A closed film must be produced on the glass surface.
♦ Avoid applying twice.
2. Spoiler 403
– Apply the colorless glass/paint primer evenly on the adhesive

surface -3- on the rear window and lightly wipe off using the -
VAS6006- .
Glass/paint primer drying time: five minutes.
– Peel off the protective film from the double-sided adhesive
tape -2-.
– Push the side spoiler -1- under the spoiler on the edge of the
roof -4- -arrows- and align.
– Push the side spoiler -1- forcefully in the rear window.
Installing the Removed Side Spoiler
Note wage
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
♦ If a removed spoiler is reused, the adhesive tapeo
ir se must be self-prepared.
d ran
tee
th or
♦ Use the adhesive tape from the allocation.ss aRefer
u
to the Parts Catalog. ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the adhesive residue completely.

– Clean the spoiler -4- thoroughly with the cleaning solution.

– Prim the adhesive surface -3- evenly and in a single stroke.

Glass/paint primer drying time: five minutes.
– Cut the adhesive tape -3- as shown.
– At the same time leave a pull tab dimension -a- from the pro‐
tective film -2- on all adhesive tapes.
– The further installation is performed the same as a new spoiler.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Spoiler 405
3 Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Pan‐
els
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Drip Rail”, page 406
⇒ “3.2 Overview - Side Sill Trim Panel”, page 408
⇒ “3.3 Overview - Heat Shield”, page 409
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing”, page 409
⇒ “3.5 Side Sill Trim Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 411
⇒ “3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 414
⇒ “3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 415
⇒ “3.8 Rear Door C-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 417
⇒ “3.9 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 418
⇒ “3.10 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 420
⇒ “3.11 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page
420 n AG. Volkswagen A G do
wage es n
olks
3.1 Overview - Drip Railed
by
V ot g
ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
The illustration shows the right side. The left side is identical.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Drip Rail
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Drip Rail, Remov‐
409 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
2 - Retaining Strip ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
– When removing, drill out aut
ho eo
ra
the rivet heads and drive ss c
out the rivet shafts.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
3 - A-Pillar
rm
ab
pe
ility
4 - Pop Rivet
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Quantity: 5
h re
hole
❑ Install with the Pop Rivet
spec
es, in part or in w
Nut Pliers - VAS5072A-
t to the co
5 - Clip
❑ Position the clip in the
rrectness of i
fender opening and
push forward, and turn
l purpos
90°.
6 - Fender
nform
ercia

m
a
ling. Refer to
com
tio
⇒ “2.3 Fender, Remov‐
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
11 .
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Molding/Trim/Extensions/Trim Panels 407

3.2 Overview - Side Sill Trim Panel
1 - Side Sill Trim Panel

ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Side Sill Trim
Panel, Removing and
2 - Bolt
❑ 1.2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 12
❑ Dimensions. Refer to
⇒ page 412
wage es n
3 - Bolt yV
olks ot g
ua
d b
❑ 1.2 Nm o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
❑ For attaching the auside ac
ss
sill trim panel
ce
e
nl
pt
❑ Quantity: 1 on side sill
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.3 Overview - Heat Shield
Note
Depending on the engine versions the heat shield and mounts may differ slightly.
1 - Floor Heat Shield

ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Floor Heat
Shield, Removing and
2 - Lock Washer AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Quantity: 6 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
3 - Center Exhaust
thoris System nte
eo
Heat Shield s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
ling. Refer to
an
d
itte
⇒ “3.10 Center Exhaust
y li
erm
ab
System Heat Shield,
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ling”, page 420 .
h re
ole,
4 - Lock Washer
spec
❑ Quantity: 2
t to the co
5 - Rear Muffler Heat Shield
rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Rear Muffler
s
Heat Shield, Removing

s o
cial p
and Installing”,
f in
page 420 .
form
mer
atio
6 - Lock Washer
om
n
c
❑ Quantity: 5
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.4 Drip Rail, Removing and Installing
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left side. Removing and installing the right side is
identical.

Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
– Pull the drip rail -1- starting from below from the clip -3- and
o
n
c
the retaining strip -2-.

or
n thi
te
sd
va
Installing
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Position the upper inner drip rail edge -1- on the windshield
en
ng
t.
yi
upper edge.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Push the drip rail -1- from above into the retaining strip -2- and yri
p by
o Vo
clip -3-.
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Guide the drip rail lip for the windshield behind the glass.

3.5 Side Sill Trim Panel, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the outer bolt -4- from the side sill trim panel.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
– Push the side sill trim panel -1- rearward in direction of
by c lksw
cted agen
-a arrows-, until the side sill trim panel is loosened from all
Prote AG.
screws -2-.
– Remove the side sill trim panel -1- from the sill panel -3- in
direction of -b arrows-.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
– Install the self-tapping bolts -2- until the thread engages.

s
– Tighten the bolts -2- only to the required tightening specifica‐

s o
cial p
tion, so that they are not over tightened.

inform
mer
– Position the side sill trim panel -1- evenly in direction of

atio
-a arrows- with the openings on the back over all of the screws
om
-2- until the side sill trim panel touches the side sill -3-.
c
i
or
n thi
te
Position the side sill trim panel with a second mechanic so that all
sd
iva
screws remain in the openings when molding is slid on.

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Push the side sill trim panel forward forcefully until stop in di‐
t.
yi Co
op
rection of -b arrows-. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Install the exterior bolt -4- in the side sill trim panel. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
Dimensions
Note
♦ The screws for the side sill trim panel are corrosion-resistant. Additional treatment is not necessary.
♦ If a screw is overtightened, it must always be replaced with a “black” oversized screw.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Measure the holes according to the table below.
– Punch the holes for the screws.
– Pre-drill the holes using a 1.5 mm drill.
Note
♦ Dimension -a- is measured including the front wheel housing liner. Dimensions -b through I- are always
measured from the center hole outward.
♦ Dimension -m- is only measured on a 4-door in the rear area.
♦ For a 2-door vehicle, the dimension -m- must be aligned in height according to the front holes.
Dimensions Table
Dimension -a- = 758 mm
Dimension -b- = 713 mm
Dimension -c- = 593 mm
Dimension -d- = 453 mm
Dimension -e- = 303 mm
Dimension -f- = 152 mm
Dimension -g- = 1028 mm

Dimension -h- = 906 mm

Dimension -i- = 755 mm
Dimension -j- = 604 mm
Dimension -k- = 453 mm
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
Dimension -l- d b=
y V302 mm gu
ara
ise nte
Dimension -m- thor = 50 mm eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
3.6 Front Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Note
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
identical.
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower the door window.

– Remove the window guide -3- in the area of the B-pillar trim
-1- from the door frame in direction of -arrow-.

– Unclip the expanding rivet -2-.

– Push the B-pillar trim -1- downward and remove from the door
frame.
– Remove the B-pillar trim -1- upward.
Installing
– Position the B-pillar trim -1- on the door frame.
– Guide the B-pillar trim -1- in at the bottom and position it.
– Push the B-pillar trim -1- upward until it touches the window
guide -3-.
– Clip in the expanding rivets -2- from the top to the bottom and
insert the window guide -3- in the B-pillar trim in direction of
-arrow-.
3.7 Rear Door B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing
Note
identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lower the door window.

– Remove the window guide -3- in the area of the B-pillar trim
-1- from the door frame -arrow-.
– Push the B-pillar trim -1- downward and remove from the door
frame.
– Remove the B-pillar trim -1- upward.
Installing
– Install the B-pillar trim -1- on the door frame.
– Guide the B-pillar trim -1- into the oblong holes -4- in the frame
section.
– Position the B-pillar trim -1- and push in until stop.
– Push the B-pillar trim -1- upward until it touches the window
guide -3-.
insert the window guide -3- in the B-pillar trim -arrow-.

3.8 Rear Door C-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the window guide in the B-pillar trim area -1- from the
frame.
– Remove the B-pillar trim -1- from the door frame in direction
of -arrows-.
Installing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Guide the B-pillar trim -1- onto the door frame in direction of
-arrows-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
insert the window guide into the B-pillar trim.
3.9 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
Note
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
Depending on the engine version, slight deviations must be considered when removing and installing.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
– Remove the center underbody panels. Refer to

n in
or c
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,

thi
te
page 426 .
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove the front tunnel brace -3-. Refer to

o
m
f
en
ng
⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”,

t.
yi Co
op
page 430 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the rear tunnel brace -2-. Refer to
op Vo
by c lksw
⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”, cted agen
Prote AG.
page 431 .
– Remove the exhaust system rear section. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.
26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
– Loosen the lock washers -4- (quantity: 6) and remove the tun‐
nel heat shield -1- toward the rear.
Installing

3.10 Center Exhaust System Heat Shield, Removingenand Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG
ag does
ksw not
y Vol gu
b ara
ed
Note thoris nte
eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the exhaust system rear section. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr.

26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview - Muffler .
– Loosen the lock washers -2-.
– Remove the heat shield -1-.
Installing
3.11 Rear Muffler Heat Shield, Removing

and Installing
♦ Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931-

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
Note s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the mounts for the rear muffler and lower the rear muf‐
fler slightly using the Engine and Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- .
Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 ; Exhaust Pipes/Mufflers; Overview -
Muffler .
– Loosen the lock washers -2-.
– Remove the heat shield -1-.
Installing

4 Noise Insulation
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation”, page 422
4.1 Overview - Noise Insulation

⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Noise Insulation, Short”, page 422
⇒ “4.1.2 Overview - Noise Insulation, Long”, page 423
⇒ “4.1.3 Overview - Impact Guard”, page 424
4.1.1 Overview - Noise Insulation, Short
Note
1 - Noise Insulation, Short

❑ Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Remove the bolts lksw
agen oes
not
-2 and 3-. d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
– Remove the noise insu‐ aut
h
ra
lation toward the rear ss c
ce
from the lock carrier.
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2 - Bolt
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ 2 Nm
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Quantity: 3 on the left
h re
side
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
side
3 - Bolt rrectness of i
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1 on the lock
l purpos
carrier
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.1.2 Overview - Noise Insulation, Long
Note
1 - Long Noise Insulation

❑ Removing
– Remove the bolts
-2, 3, and 4-.
– Remove the noise insu‐

lation toward the rear
from the lock carrier.
2 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Quantity: 3 on the left agen oes
olksw not
side d byV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Quantity: 4 on the right hor eo
ut
side ss a ra
c
ce
e
3 - Bolt
nl
pt
du
an
itte
❑ 6 Nm
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
❑ Quantity: 3
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1 on the lock
rrectness of i
carrier
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Noise Insulation 423

4.1.3 Overview - Impact Guard
Note
1 - Impact Guard
❑ Removing
– Remove the bolts
-2, 3, and 4-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw Vo
n ot g
– Remove the d bnoise insu‐
y ua
ran
ise
lation toward
ho
r the rear tee
ut lock carrier.
froms athe
or
ac
s
ce
e
nl
2 - Bolt
pt
du
an
itte
❑ 20 Nm
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Bolt
h re
hole
❑ 2 Nm
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Quantity: 3 on the left t to the co

side
side
rrectness of i
4 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ 20 Nm
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio
om
❑ Quantity: 3
n in
or c
thi
e
5 - Impact Guard Bracket

t
sd
iva
o
r
❑ Left and right

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
6 - Bolt
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ 20 Nm
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Underbody Panel
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels”, page
Vol
k425
swa not
by gu
d ara
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removingorisand Installing”, page 426
e nte
h eo
ut ra
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels,
ss Removing
a and Installing”, page c
427
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and Installing”,
itte
y li
page 429
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 430
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 431
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
5.1 Overview - Underbody Panels
t to the co
1 - Front Cover
rrectness of i
❑ Left and right
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Pan‐
or
els, Removing and In‐
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
2 - Underbody Trim Panels
thi
te
sd
a
❑ Left and right

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ling. Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Pan‐
C py
ht. rig
els, Removing and In‐ rig ht
py by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
❑ With retainer
4 - Rear Underbody Trim Panel
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Rear Underbody
Panel, Removing and
5 - Spring Nut
6 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
7 - Expanding Rivet
8 - Lock Washer
9 - Rear Tunnel Brace
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.6 Rear Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 431 .
10 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Center Underbody Trim Panel
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”, page 427 .
5. Underbody Panel 425

12 - Expanding Rivet
❑ Quantity: 4
13 - Front Tunnel Brace
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Front Tunnel Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 430 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and In‐

stalling
Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
Depending on the engineriseversion,
d slight deviations must be consideredran
tee when removing and installing.
tho
u or
a ac
Removing ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the center underbody panels. Refer to

⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,
page 427 .
– Release the mounting tab and remove the front cover
-2 or 5- from the retainer in the direction of travel toward the
rear.
– Remove the nuts -3-.
– Remove the underbody panel -1 or 4-.
Installing
5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing

and Installing
⇒ “5.3.1 Center Underbody Trim Panels, Removing and Installing,
Underbody Trim Panels”, page 427
⇒ “5.3.2 Center Underbody Trim Panels, Removing and Installing,
Short Trim Panels”, page 428
5.3.1 Center Underbody Trim Panels, Removing and Installing, Underbody Trim
Panels
Note
G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
Removing ed
by ua
ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the center under‐
t.
yi Co
op
body panels. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
5.3.2 Center Underbody Trim Panels, Remov‐

ing and Installing, Short Trim Panels
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Removing
m
a
com

ion in
r
te o
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the center under‐
thi
s
iva
body panels.
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Installing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Install in reverse order of removal. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Center underbody trim panels 2 Nm
AG.
to the body
5.4 Rear Underbody Panel, Removing and

Installing
Note

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
– Loosen the lock washer -3-.

do
priv
cum
or
– Unclip the expanding rivet -2- and remove the bolt -4-.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the rear underbody panel -1-. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Installing co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
5.5 Front Tunnel Brace, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
– If equipped, remove the center underbody trim panels. Refer

do
riv
to
p
cum
for
⇒ “5.3 Center Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,

en
ng
t.
yi
page 427 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the front tunnel brace -1-.
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
5.6 Rear Tunnel Brace, Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing

. Volkswagen AG
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 wage➤
n AG does
olks not
Body Exterior - Editiond b02.2016
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the rear underbody panel and push it slightly down‐

ward. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Underbody Panels, Removing and Installing”,
page 426 .
– Remove the nuts -2-.
– Remove the rear tunnel brace -1-.
Installing

6 Roof Bars/Roof Rails

⇒ “6.1 Overview - Roof Railing”, page 433
⇒ “6.2 Roof Railing, Removing and Installing”, page 434
6.1 Overview - Roof Railing
1 - Roof Railing
❑ Left and right
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Roof Railing, Re‐
page 434 .
2 - Seal lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
❑ Roof railing component ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
3 - Hex Nut au ac
ss
❑ 9 Nm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Roof Bars/Roof Rails 433

6.2 Roof Railing, Removing and Installing

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne

ss o
cial p
– Remove the front and rear hex nuts -3-.

inform
mer
– Remove the roof railing -1- straight upward.

atio
om
Installing
c
i
or
n thi
te
– Check the seal -2- for damage and make sure it is positioned
sd
iva
correctly.
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
– Place the roof railing -1- on straight from above.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Tighten the front and rear hex nuts -3-. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Exterior Rearview Mirror

⇒ “7.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 435
⇒ “7.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing”,
page 436
⇒ “7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 438
⇒ “7.4 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing”, page 439
⇒ “7.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 442
⇒ “7.6 Mirror Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 443
7.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror
Note
1 - Mirror Base
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Exterior Rear‐
view Mirror, Removing
and Installing”,
page 436 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
3 - Clip Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
4 - Cap horis nte
eo
aut ra
Removing and installing. Refer ss c
to
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “7.2 Exterior Rearview Mir‐

an
d
itte
y li
ror, Removing and Installing”,

rm
ab
page 436 .
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
5 - Adjusting Unit
h re
hole

spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “7.4 Mirror Adjuster,

ling”, page 439 .
rrectness of i
6 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ 1 Nm
7 - Mirror Trim
nform
ercia

m
ling. Refer to
com
tio
⇒ “7.6 Mirror Trim, Re‐

n in
r
te o

thi
s
page 443 .
iva
do
r
rp
cum
8 - Bolt
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ 1 Nm
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Quantity: 2
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Exterior Rearview Mirror 435

9 - Mirror Glass
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 438 .
10 - Turn Signal
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; VExterior Rearview Mirror Lamps;
. olkswagen AG
Turn Signal, Removing and Installing . swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
11 - Bolt d by ara
e nte
ris
❑ 1 Nm autho eo
ra
ss c
❑ Quantity: 2
ce
le
un
pt
12 - Mirror Cap
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Material: ABS
rm
ab
pe
ility
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 442 .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
7.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
Note
m
a
com
ti
The following describes the removal and installation of the left exterior rearview mirror. The right side is identical.
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Removing
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel, ss
o
cial p
f inform
– Unclip the cover -3- and while doing so, loosen the adhesive
mer
tape -4-.
atio
om
– Disconnect the connector -8- from the exterior mirror -1-.

c
i
or
n thi
te
– Remove the door control module -7- and loosen the installed
sd
iva
o
r
clip -arrows-. Refer to

p
cum
r
fo
⇒ “3.2 Driver Door Control Module J386 and Front Passenger

en
ng
t.
yi
Door Control Module J387 , Removing and Installing”,
Co
op py
page 137 . t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Guide the wire -6- through the opening in the door.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts -5- for the exterior rearview mirror -1- and
remove the exterior rearview mirror -1-.
Installing
– If the adhesive tape or clip is damaged replace the cover -3-.
– Perform a function test before installing the front door trim
panel.

7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left mirror glass. The right side is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
WARNING
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Wear protective eyewear and safety gloves when working.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
– Protect the housing edge from paint damage, for example by

t.
yi Co
op
using fabric-reinforced adhesive tape. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Press the mirror glass -1- into the mirror housing at the bottom.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

wage es n
– Press the mirror glass -1- from the adjusting unit -2- usingyV
othe
lks ot g
ua
Pry Lever - 80-200- . ise
d b ran
r tee
ho
– Move the mirror glass -1- to the side and disconnect
sa
ut the con‐ or
ac
nectors -3- for the mirror heater on the back of the mirror glass
s
ce
e
-1-.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Connect the connectors -3- to the mirror glass -1-.
wit
, is n
h re
– Press the center of the mirror glass -1- onto the adjusting unit
hole
-2- in the housing.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The mirror glass will engage with a click.
rrectness of i
Note l purpos
Only press the center of the mirror when pressing the mirror glass on.
nf
ercia
– Then perform a function test.
orm
m
atio
7.4 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing
om
n in
or c
thi
⇒ “7.4.1 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Version A”,
te
sd
a
page 439
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
⇒ “7.4.2 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing, Version B”,
f
en
ng
t.
yi
page 440
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
7.4.1 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Instal‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
ling, Version A
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left adjusting unit with motor. The right side is iden‐
tical.
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 438 .
– Remove the screws -3- (quantity: 3) and remove the adjusting
unit -1- from the mirror base.
– Move the adjuster unit -1- to the side and disconnect the con‐
nector -2- in direction of -arrow-.
Installing
– Attach the connector -2- to the adjusting unit -1-.
– Mount the adjusting unit -1- on the mirror base and tighten the
screws -3- (quantity: 3).
– Install the mirror glass. Refer to
♦ Refer to
7.4.2 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Version B

Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left adjusting unit with motor. The right side is iden‐
tical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
Removing
thi
te
sd
va
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to

i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the screw -3- and remove the adjusting unit -1- from Cop py
the mirror base.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
– Move the adjusting unit with the motor -1- to the side and dis‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
connect the connector -2-.
AG.
Installing
– Attach the connector -2- to the adjusting unit -1-.
– Mount the adjusting unit -1- on the mirror base and tighten the
screws -3- (quantity: 3).


♦ Refer to
7.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing
Note
The following describes the removal and installation of the left mirror cap. The right side is identical.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ “7.3 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 438 . . C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
– Release the hooks in direction of -A arrows-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the mirror cap -1- from the mirror base toward the rear
in the direction of -arrow B-.

Installing
– Position the mirror cap -1- and push on it until the hooks en‐
gage audibly.
7.6 Mirror Trim, Removing and Installing

Volkswa
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm
swa
gen-AVAG1783-
G. gen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
by ara
ed nte
oris
Note au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
The following describes the removal and installation of the left mirror trim. The right side is identical.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the mirror cap. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Mirror Cap, Removing and Installing”, page 442 .


– Loosen the mirror frame -1- from the catches and remove
rearward.
Installing
following:
– Perform a function test.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 Wheel Housing Liner

⇒ “8.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 445
⇒ “8.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner”, page 446
⇒ “8.3 Overview - Sill Panel Cover”, page 447
⇒ “8.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”, page
447
⇒ “8.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing”, page
448
8.1 Overview - Front Wheel Housing Liner
Note
♦ Depending on the model version, slight deviations of the front wheel housing liner must be considered when
removing and installing.
♦ The illustration shows the left side. The procedure for the right side is identical.
1 - Front Wheel Housing Liner

ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.4 Front Wheel
Housing Liner, Remov‐
447 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
db
yV
o gu
a
e ran
ris tee
3 - Wheel Housing Liner tho Front or
Section s au ac
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ With cover
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n

h re
tion.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4 - Bolt
t to the co
❑ 2 Nm
rrectness of i
5 - Expanding Nut
l purpos

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
8. Wheel Housing Liner 445

8.2 Overview - Rear Wheel Housing Liner
Note
♦ The rear wheel housing liner may differ slightly depending on the model.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
♦ The illustration shows the left side. kThe
swa right side is identical.
oes d
not
Vol y gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
1 - Rear Wheel Housing Liner
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “8.5 Rear Wheel
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
448 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
rrectness of i
❑ Quantity: 10 on each
side
l purpos
3 - Expanding Nuts
nform
ercia
4 - Expanding Nut
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
or
❑ Gas-tight his
ate
do
priv
cum
or
DANGER!
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Check the gas-tight ex‐ C py
t. rig
panding nuts for damage
gh ht
yri by
and replace them if nec‐
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
essary
agen
Prote AG.
The expanding nuts seal

off the vehicle interior
from exhaust gas and
must always be replaced
if they are damaged.
5 - Adapter
❑ Only on the right side.
❑ Only on vehicles with a
diesel engine
❑ Install before installing the rear wheel housing liner -1-.
6 - Rear Longitudinal Member

8.3 Overview - Sill Panel Cover
Note
1 - Sill Panel Cover

❑ Removing
– Rear wheel housing lin‐
er, detaching. Refer to
⇒ “8.5 Rear Wheel
448 .
– Remove the screws -2-

and remove the sill pan‐
el cover downward.
❑ Installing
Note
Check the expanding nut for dam‐

age and replace if necessary.
– Position the sill panel

cover.
– Install the bolts -2- and

tighten.
2 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
❑ 2 Nm Volksw not
gu
by ara
❑ Quantity:
ris
ed
3 nte
ho eo
ut
3 - Expanding
ss
a Nut ra
c
❑ Quantity: 3
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
8.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing

and Installing
rrectne

ss o

cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Note
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left front wheel housing liner. The right side is
t
sd
va
identical.
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
♦ Depending on the model version, slight differences must be considered when removing and installing.
t.
yi Co
op py
♦ For a better view of the screws, the wheel is not shown in the illustration.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the wheel housing liner -1- from the fender.
Installing
Note
Check the expanding nuts for damage and replace them if necessary.
– Push the front wheel housing liner -1- into the fender.
– Align the front wheel housing liner -1- with the front bumper
cover.
– Install the bolts -2- and tighten them.
8.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing

and Installing

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
yV gu
♦ Torque Wrenchrised 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ The following describes the removal and installation of the left rear wheel housing liner. The right side is
erm
ab
identical.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Depending on the model version, slight differences must be considered when removing and installing.
h re
ole,
spec
Removing
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;

Rep. Gr. 44 ; Wheels and Tires; Wheel Bolt Tightening Spec‐
ifications .
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner -1- from the wheel hous‐
ing.
Sill panel cover, removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ page 447 .

Installing
Note
Check the expanding nuts for damage and replace them if necessary -item 4- ⇒ Item 4 (page 446) .
– Install the rear wheel housing liner -1- in the wheel housing
without bending it.
– Install the bolts -2- and tighten them.
– Install the wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 44 ; Wheels and Tires; Wheel Bolt Tightening Spec‐
ifications .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9 Name Badges and Emblems

⇒ “9.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badge and Emblem”,
page 451
⇒ “9.2 Dimensions - Fender Name Badges and Emblems”, page
454
⇒ “9.3 Front Emblems, Removing and Installing”, page 454
⇒ “9.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing”, page 456
⇒ “9.5 Name Badges, Removing and Installing”, page 457
9.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badge and n AG. Volkswagen AG do

wage
Emblem by
Volks es n
ot g
u ara
ed nte
⇒ “9.1.1 Dimensions - Name Badge on the Rear Lid, except
tho
ris GTI”, e or
page 451 sa
u ac
s
ce
le
⇒ “9.1.2 Dimensions - Name Badge on the Rear Lid, GTI”, un
pt
page 453
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
9.1.1 Dimensions - Name Badge on the Rear Lid, except GTI
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Note
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Follow the assembly instructions when installing the name badges. Refer to ⇒ page 457 .
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
9. Name Badges and Emblems 451

. Volkswagen AG
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant
wage 2015 ➤
n AG does
olks not
Body Exterior -dEdition
by
V 02.2016 gu
ara
e nte
ris
ho eo
1 - Name Badge s au
t ra
c
s
❑ Model name
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
2 - Name Badge
itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ Engine designation or
pe
ility
technical designation
ot
wit
, is n
h re
3 - Height Dimension
hole
spec
❑ Engine designation
es, in part or in w
t to the co
50.5 ± 1 mm, from the up‐
per edge of the name
badge to the tail lamp
rrectness of i
lower edge
l purpos
❑ Technical designations
75.5 ± 1 mm, from the
nform
ercia
lower edge of the name

m
a
com
t
lower edge
ion in
r
te o
❑ Additional designations
thi
s
iva
(only in conjunction with
do
r
rp
c
the engine designation)
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
6.0 ± 1 mm, from the up‐
Co
op py
per edge of the additional
. C rig
ht ht
rig
designation to the lower py by
o Vo
edge of the engine des‐
by c lksw
cted agen
ignation
Prote AG.
4 - Side Dimension
❑ 29.1 ± 1 mm, from the
outer edge of the rear lid
to the outer panel name
badge
5 - Side Dimension
❑ 26.8 ± 1 mm, from the
badge
❑ 75.5 ± 1 mm, from the lower edge of the name badge to the tail lamp lower edge

9.1.2 Dimensions - Name Badge on the Rear Lid, GTI
Note
1 - Name Badge
❑ Model name
❑ 75.5 ± 1 mm, from the
lower edge of the name
lower edge
3 - Side Dimension
❑ 26.8 ± 1 mm, from the
badge
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.2 Dimensions - Fender Name Badges and Emblems
Note
1 - Emblem
❑ 5.0 ± 1 mm, from the
name badge upper
edge to the fender edge
3 - Side Dimension
❑ 1.5 ± 1 mm, from the
fender outer edge to the
name badge rear edge
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
9.3 Front Emblems, Removing and Instal‐

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
ling
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “9.3.1 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing, Brand Emblem”,

page 454
⇒ “9.3.2 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing, Model Name
GTI”, page 456
9.3.1 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing, Brand Emblem
Note
The brand emblem cannot be removed without damaging it.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Using a screwdriver -3-, carefully pry the brand emblem -1- out
rrectness of i
of the radiator grille -2- in the direction of -arrow A-

l purpos
Installing
– Press the brand emblem -1- on the radiator grille -2- until it
nform
ercia
engages audibly -arrow B-.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9.3.2 Front Emblem, Removing and Installing, Model Name GTI

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to
AG.

– Release the hooks on the back -3- using a screwdriver in di‐
rection of -arrows-.
– Pull the model name emblem -1- from the radiator grille -2-.
Installing
– Press the model name emblem -1- on the radiator grille -2-
until the hooks -3- engage audibly.
– Install the radiator grille. Refer to
9.4 Rear Emblem, Removing and Installing
Note
The brand emblem cannot be removed without damaging it.

Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pry the brand emblem -1- carefully with a screwdriver -3- in

the direction of -arrow A- from the swiveling emblem -2- in di‐
rection of -arrow B-.
Installing
– Press the brand emblem -1- onto the swiveling emblem -2-
until it engages audibly.
9.5 Name Badges, Removing and Installing

♦ Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10-
Assembly Instructions
♦ Warm the name badges or emblem before removing using a
Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A- .

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ lkswage es n
o ot g
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
♦ When a name badge or emblem is removed and installed,
ss
a use ac
only the Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10- to remove the
ce
e
nl
adhesive residue.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ If necessary, remove any adhesive residue left by the tape
erm
ab
using Adhesive Strip Remover - VAS6349- .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Make sure the adhesive surfaces are free of dust and grease.
h re
hole
spec
♦ Attach the name badges or emblems immediately after clean‐
es, in part or in w
ing.
t to the co
♦ Only remove the protective film right before assembly.
♦ The temperature must be approximately 21 °C (69.8 °F).
rrectness of i
♦ It is not possible to remove the bonded name badges or em‐ l purpos
blems without damaging them.
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Trailer Hitch
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch”, page 459
⇒ “10.2 Overview - Release Cable”, page 461
⇒ “10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing”, page 462
⇒ “10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing”, page 468
10.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch
10.1.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch, Sedan
Note
♦ Depending on the version, slight deviations must be considered.

♦ The tightening specifications only apply to factory-installed trailer hitches.
♦ If a different trailer hitch is installed, ask the manufacturer for the tightening specifications.
1 - Trailer Hitch agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
❑ Swiveling by trailer
Vo hitch gu
ara
d
❑ Removing rise and instal‐ nte
tho eo
ling.
s au Refer to ra
c
s⇒ “10.3.1 Trailer Hitch,
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
ling, Sedan”,
itte
y li
page 462 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
2 - Bolt
wit
is n
h re
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
ole,
spec
❑ Gas-tight sealing threa‐

ded connections
t to the co
❑ Quantity: 3
rrectne
DANGER!
The bolts are actually
ss
sealing threaded con‐

o
cial p
f i
nections and seal off the

nform
vehicle interior from ex‐

mer
haust gas. They must al‐

atio
om
ways be installed.
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
3 - Release Cable
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
❑ With profile
t.
yi Co
op py
4 - Bolt
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 60 Nm + 90° cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Replace after removing Prote AG.

5 - Locking Mechanism
6 - Release Lever
❑ Component of the trailer
hitch
10. Trailer Hitch 459

10.1.2 Overview - Trailer Hitch, Wagon

Note lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
♦ Depending on the version, slight deviations
uth must be considered.
o
or
a ac
ss
♦ The tightening specifications only apply to factory-installed trailer hitches.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ If a different trailer hitch is installed, ask the manufacturer for the tightening specifications.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1 - Trailer Hitch
h re
hole
❑ Swiveling trailer hitch
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “10.3.2 Trailer Hitch,
rrectness of i
ling, Wagon”,
page 464 .
l purpos
2 - Bolt
nf
ercia
❑ 20 Nm + 90°
orm
❑ Gas-tight sealing threa‐
m
atio
m
ded connections
o
n in
or c
❑ Quantity: 3
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
DANGER!
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
The bolts are actually
Co
Cop py
sealing threaded con‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
nections and seal off the
p by
co Vo
by lksw
vehicle interior from ex‐ Prote
cted agen
haust gas. They must al‐
AG.
ways be installed.
3 - Release Cable
❑ With profile
4 - Release Cable Bracket
❑ Component of the re‐
lease cable
5 - Bolt
❑ 50 Nm + 90°
❑ Always replace bolts af‐
ter loosening them
6 - Release Lever
7 - Locking Mechanism
❑ to secure the release cable on the release lever

10.2 Overview A-GRelease

. Volkswagen
Cable
n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
y ua
db
1 - ReleaseriseLever ran
tee
tho
❑ sInau the vehicle interior
or
ac
s
2 - Frame
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ In the lock carrier trim

itte
y li
panel.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
3 - Grommet
wit
, is n
h re
❑ In the back panel.
hole
spec
4 - Release Cable
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ From the transmission
to the release lever
❑ One component of the
rrectness of i
transmission and can‐
l purpos
not be replaced individ‐

ually.
nform
ercia
5 - Hex Nut
❑ 5 Nm
m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
6 - Gear Mechanism
s
iva
do
r
rp
❑ If the release cable is

um
fo
damaged, replace the

en
ng
t.
yi
entire gear mechanism
Co
Cop py
with both release ca‐ ht. rig
rig ht
bles. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
7 - Washer Prote AG.

8 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
9 - Cover
10 - Bolts
❑ 3 Nm
11 - Cap
12 - Release Cable
❑ From the transmission to the ball head turntable
❑ One component of the transmission and cannot be replaced individually.
13 - Diverting Piece
❑ Installed in the vehicle interior on the cross panel.

10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing

⇒ “10.3.1 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
page 462
⇒ “10.3.2 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 464
10.3.1 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing,

Sedan
Caution


♦ Bolt - Trailer Hitch to Body (Always replace after loosening)
Note agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by
Depending on the version, slight deviations risemust
d be considered. ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
Removing ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “2.5.1 Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
page 337 .
– Remove the locking mechanism -7- from the release lever
-6- in direction of -arrow a-.
– Remove the release lever -6- from the release cable -2- in di‐
– Pry out the release cable -2- from the lock carrier trim panel.
– Guide the release cable -2- out of the diverting piece -8- in
– Remove the release cable with the grommet -3- from the ve‐
hicle.
– Remove the left and right bolts -5-.
– Remove the trailer hitch -1- parallel from the longitudinal mem‐
bers.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
DANGER!
The bolts -4- are actually sealing threaded connections and

seal off the vehicle interior from exhaust gas. They must always
be installed.
The grommet -3- on the release cable must be attached correctly

in the cross panel.
– Perform a function test after installing the trailer hitch.
10.3.2 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing,

Wagon
Caution



♦ Bolt - Trailer Hitch to Body (Always replace after loosening)
Note
Depending on the version, slight deviations must be considered.
Removing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
– Loosen the locking mechanism with a screwdriver -3- in di‐

te o
thi
rection of -arrow a-.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
– Remove the screwdriver in direction of -arrow b-.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Slide the locking mechanism upward in direction of -arrow c-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Remove the mechanism -1- from the release cable -4- in di‐ pyri by
Vo
co
rection of -arrow d-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bumper cover. Refer to
page 341 .
– The locking mechanism -7- is loosened.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f i
– Remove the release lever -6- from the release cable -2- in di‐
nform
rection of -arrow A-.

mer
atio
m
Remove the lock carrier trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
o
n
c
Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Lock Carrier Trim

i
or
n thi
e
Panel, Removing and Installing .

t
sd
iva
o
pr
– Remove the release cable -2- with the guide -3- between the
um
r
fo
en
lock carrier plates in direction of -arrow C-.

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the release cable with the grommet -3- from the ve‐ t. C rig
gh ht
hicle. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Disconnect the wire behind the forced air extraction and pull Prote AG.
out of the vehicle.
– Remove the trailer hitch -1- parallel from the longitudinal mem‐
bers.
Installing

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
following:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
DANGER!
rrectness of i
The bolts -2- are actually sealing threaded connections and

l purpos
seal off the passenger compartment from exhaust gas. They

must always be installed.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
Note
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ The grommet on the release cable -3- must be attached correctly in the cross panel.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
♦ The locking mechanism -6- must noticeably engage.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Perform a function test after installing the trailer hitch.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Tightening Specifications cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “10.1.2 Overview - Trailer Hitch, Wagon”, page 460

10.4 Release Cable, Removing and Installing
Caution

AG. Volkswagen AG d
lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
ho
Mandatory Replacement Parts aut or
ac
ss
♦ Nut - Gear Mechanism to Trailer Hitch
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
♦ Bolt - Gear Mechanism to Trailer Hitch
y li
erm
ab
♦ Bolts - Cover
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Cover
h re
ole,
spec
Removing
t to the co
WARNING
rrectne
No other bolts may loosened except for the ones specified.
Do not perform any other work than those described.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
Note
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ The trailer hitch is not completely removed.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
♦ The bolts -10 - have a special construction that make removing them more difficult. um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Loosen the trailer hitch and pull out slightly. Refer to yri
gh by
ht
⇒ “10.3 Trailer Hitch, Removing and Installing”, page 462 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Remove the bolts -10- using pliers and remove the cover -9-.
AG.
– Turn the turntable -8- slightly and remove the release cable
-7-.
– Loosen the bolt -5- and hex nut -1- and remove the transmis‐
sion -3- with both release cables -2 and 7-.
Installing
Note
♦ There are always new bolted connections -1, 5, and 8- and a new cover -9- to be used.
♦ The cap -6- must not be damaged and must be installed.
♦ Clean the area where the seal is before positioning the cover.
♦ Water must not leak into the swiveling mechanism.
♦ Before installing the trailer hitch on the vehicle, a function test must be performed.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ Vol
ksw not
gu
by
Body Exterior - Edition 02.2016 rised ara
nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Secure the gear mechanism -3- with a new bolt -5-, washer
-4- and hex nut -1-.
– Engage the release cable -7- in the turntable.
– Secure the new cover -9- with new bolts -8-.

11 Special Tools
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
♦ Engines auand Gearbox Jack - VAS6931- ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200- s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059241121
Fac‐ Edit Job Feed‐ Notes Quality
tory Edi‐ Type back Check
Edi‐ tion ed By
tion
02.2 03/3 Feed‐ 1159 Power SunroofgeControl
AG. VolkswJoe
agenY.
AG do
a n
016 1/20 back 149 Module V- oJ245-
lksw , Pro‐ es n
ot g
16 gramming
ed by change ua
ran
ris tee
02.2 03/2 Facto‐ utho
Joe Y. or
016 3/20 ry Up‐ ss
a ac
16 date
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
12.2 01/0 Facto‐ 1140 Joe Y.
itte
y li
015 6/20 ry Up‐ 844-1
erm
ab
ility
16 date 1295
ot p
53-11
wit
, is n
h re
2190
hole
1-112
spec
1325
es, in part or in w
t to the co
09.2 10/0 Facto‐ 1119 Joe Y.
015 7/20 ry Up‐ 131
15 date
rrectness of i
06.2 8/27/ Editori‐ Jim H
l purpos
015 2015 al Re‐

view
nf
ercia
06.2 08/1 Local “The side spoiler cannot Tom P
or
015 3/20 Up‐ be removed without
m
m
atio
15 date damaging it.” removed
om
n in
from “Side Spoiler, Re‐
or c
moving and Installing” thi

te
sd
a
chapter.
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
06.2 08/1 Test No changes or edits Tom P

m
f
en
ng
t.
015 0/20 made. op
yi Co
15
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
06.2 07/2 Facto‐ 1110 Joe Y
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
015 1/20 ry Up‐ 032 Prote
cted AG.
agen
15 date/
Feed‐
back
- 03/2 Facto‐ N/A Eric P
7/20 ry Up‐
15 date
- 07/0 Local 1026 Eric P
9/20 Feed‐ 645
14 back
- 4/25/ Facto‐ N/A Joe Y
2014 ry Up‐
date
- 04/1 Facto‐ N/A Joe Y
8/20 ry New
14
12. Revision History 473

Cautions & Warnings
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.
•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal AG. Volkswagen whenever

agen (ground strap)AG does you work on the fuel system or the electrical
lksw not
system. Do not smoke or workbynear
Vo heaters or other fire hazards. gu Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
a
ed ran
oris tee
h
•= Volkswagen is constantlyut improving its vehicles and sometimes both in parts and specifications, these changes,
or
ac
sa
are made applicable sto earlier models. Therefore, part numbers
listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
ce
e
nl
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
ility
ot p
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
wit
, is n
h re
hole
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
spec
es, in part or in w
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
t to the co
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
rrectness of i
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
l purpos
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
nform
ercia
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
m
at
starting the vehicle while you are under it.

om
ion
c
in t
or
•=
his
Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
ate
do
riv
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
p
cum
or
being fully alert.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear Prote
cted AG.
agen
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.
. Volkswagen AG
a oes gen AG d
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessaryVol
kswtools and parts on hand. Read
not all the
by are appropriate to the work andguse
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use toolssedthat ua only
ran
ri
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. tMakeshift
ho tools, parts and procedures will nottemake
eo good
repairs. s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
•=
an
Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
itte
y li
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
erm
ab
ility
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
hole
spec
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
es, in part or in w
listed.
t to the co
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
rrectness of i
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
l purpos
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
nform
ercia
govern the disposal of wastes.

m
at
om
i
•=
o
The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
n
c
in t
r
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
o
his
te
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
a
do
priv
automotive chemical refrigerants.
cum
for
en
ng
i t.
py Co
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery t. Co py
rig
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase Prote AG.
system pressure and may cause the system to burst.
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
Version 1.0
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Cautions & Warnings
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
itte
y li
erm
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
h re
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
hole
spec
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
rrectness of i
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
l purpos
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
nf
ercia
o
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
Version 1.0

D4B8040D5CD-Body Exterior PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

D4B8040D5CD-Body Exterior PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Service

Golf Variant 2015 ➤

Service Department. Technical Information

64 - Glass, Window Regulators

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B8040D5CD

2.3 Fender, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

2.4 Fender Brace, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.1 Overview - Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

1.2 Overview - Release Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

1.4 Hood, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4 Adjusting Element, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

3.4 Key Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 spec

58 - Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

1.1 Overview - Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

1.2 Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

1.3 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

1.4 Catch, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

1.5 Door Arrester, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

1.6 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

1.7 Outer Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

2.4 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

2.6 Window Crank, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

1.3 Overview - Sunroof Shade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

1.4 Sunroof Frame, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

1.5 Wind Deflector, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

1.6 Glass Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

1.7 Rear Sunroof Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

1.12 Sunroof Front Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

1.15 Sunroof Seals, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

1.16 Sunroof Shade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

1.17 Power Sunroof Control Module J245 , Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

1.18 Roof Shade Control Module J394 , Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

1.19 Operating without Electricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

2.4 Overview - Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

1.2 Window Glass, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

1.3 Installation Instructions for Bonded Window Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

1.4 Undamaged Window Glass, Preparing for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

2.1 Overview - Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

3 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

3.1 Overview - Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

4 Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

4.2 Overview - Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

3.9 Floor Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

7.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

7.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

7.4 Mirror Adjuster, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

8.4 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

8.5 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

9 Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

9.1 Dimensions - Rear Lid Name Badge and Emblem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

9.2 Dimensions - Fender Name Badges and Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

9.3 Front Emblems, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier

❑ Quantity: 2 on each side

moving and Installing”,

⇒ “1.3 Service Position,

❑ There are different ver‐

1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing

2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front